8-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of

the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of Earliest Event Reported): July 23, 2013

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	333-133253	84-1696500
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Commission File Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
10931 Laureate Drive, San Antonio, Texas		78249
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip code)

(210) 697-8888

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Not Applicable

(Former Name or Former Address, if Changed Since Last Report)

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

[ ]	Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)
[ ]	Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)
[ ]	Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))
[ ]	Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

Item 1.01 Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement

On July 23, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. (the "Company"), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc., entered into a Stock Purchase Agreement (the "Stock Purchase Agreement") with Davis + Henderson Corporation ("D+H"), Spoke Acquisition, Inc. ("Acquirer I"), D+H Ltd. ("Acquirer II", collectively with Acquirer I, the "Buyer"), and MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc. ("MFH"). Pursuant to the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Buyer agreed to acquire all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each of Harland Financial Solutions, Inc., Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel Ltd. (collectively, "HFS") from the Company (the "Transaction") for a purchase price of US$1.2 billion, which amount is subject to both a pre-closing and post-closing adjustment for working capital in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Stock Purchase Agreement. HFS is a leading United States-based provider of comprehensive software solutions and services to financial institutions, including commercial banks and credit unions (the "HFS Business").

The Transaction is subject to customary closing conditions, including the absence of a legal impediment to the Transaction and the expiration or termination of applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the "HSR Condition"). The obligations of the Company and Buyer to close the Transaction are also subject to, among others, (a) the accuracy of representations and warranties of the other party as set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement (in each case subject to material adverse effect qualifications), (b) the other party having performed in all material respects its obligations under the Stock Purchase Agreement and (c) in the case of the Buyer's obligations to close, HFS not having suffered a material adverse effect and all third party debt of HFS having been released. The Transaction is not subject to a financing condition.

The Stock Purchase Agreement includes representations and warranties customary for an arm's length acquisition agreement. The Stock Purchase Agreement contains customary covenants of the Company and the Buyer, including with respect to the conduct of the HFS Business during the interim period between the execution of the Stock Purchase Agreement and the earlier to occur of the closing of the Transaction and the termination of the Stock Purchase Agreement.

The Stock Purchase Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing: (a) by mutual written consent of the parties; (b) by either of the parties, if any governmental authority has issued a final and non-appealable order, decree or ruling prohibiting the Transaction; (c) by the Company, if there has been a breach by the Buyer of any representation or warranty or any covenant or agreement contained in the Stock Purchase Agreement that would result in a failure of a closing condition and which breach cannot be cured or has not been cured (to the extent necessary to avoid a failure of such condition) within fifteen (15) days after the giving of written notice to the Buyer; (d) by the Buyer, if there has been a breach by the Company of any representation or warranty or any covenant or agreement contained in the Stock Purchase Agreement that would result in a failure of a closing condition and which breach cannot be cured or has not been cured (to the extent necessary to avoid a failure of such condition) within fifteen (15) days after the giving of written notice to the Company; or (e) by either the Company or the Buyer, if the Closing does not occur by the close of business on September 30, 2013, which date may be extended by either such party to February 28, 2014 if the HSR Condition remains unsatisfied as of three business days prior to September 30, 2013.

The Stock Purchase Agreement contains customary indemnification obligations of each party with respect to breaches of their respective representations, warranties, covenants and obligations, and certain other designated matters. D+H agreed to guarantee the performance of the Buyer, and guaranteed that the Buyer will fully, completely and timely pay and perform all its obligations and assume all its liabilities under the Stock Purchase Agreement.

The Stock Purchase Agreement provides that, at the Closing, the Company, the Buyer and D+H will enter into an ancillary agreement providing for certain transitional services to the Buyer following the Closing on terms customary for a transaction of this type.

The representations and warranties set forth in the Stock Purchase Agreement have been made only for the purposes of such agreement and were solely for the benefit of the parties to the Stock Purchase Agreement, may be subject to limitations agreed upon by the contracting parties, including being qualified by confidential disclosures, may have been made for the purposes of allocating contractual risk between the parties to the Stock Purchase Agreement instead of establishing these matters as facts, and may be subject to standards of materiality applicable to the contracting parties that differ from those applicable to investors. Accordingly, the Stock Purchase Agreement is included with this filing only to provide investors with information regarding the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement, and not to provide investors with any other factual information regarding the parties or their respective businesses, and should be read in conjunction with the disclosures in the Company's periodic reports and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Transaction is a taxable transaction. Under the terms of the Company’s debt agreements, the Company may utilize the net proceeds from any asset sale to acquire additional assets, or to prepay secured debt within certain specified deadlines. The Company is required to use any net proceeds remaining after such deadlines to make an offer to prepay the Company’s debt. In accordance with these debt agreement provisions, the Company is currently actively exploring potential reinvestment opportunities with the net after-tax proceeds of the Transaction.

A copy of the Stock Purchase Agreement is attached as Exhibit 2.1 to this Current Report on Form 8-K and is incorporated in this Item 1.01 by reference. The foregoing description of the Stock Purchase Agreement does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Stock Purchase Agreement.

Item 7.01 Regulation FD Disclosure

On July 24, 2013, D+H provided certain financial information it obtained from the Company regarding HFS, including (i) HFS' audited combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and (ii) HFS' unaudited combined financial statements for (x) the year ended December 31, 2011 and (y) the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012 (collectively, the "Financial Statements"), in a prospectus provided to certain prospective investors of D+H in connection with its financing in respect of the Transaction.

The information contained in this Item 7.01, including the information set forth in the Financial Statements filed as Exhibit 99.1 to, and incorporated in, this Current Report, is being "furnished" and shall not be deemed "filed" for the purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that Section. The information in Exhibit 99.1 furnished pursuant to this Item 7.01 shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other documents pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or into any filing or other document pursuant to the Exchange Act except as otherwise expressly stated in any such filing.

Item 8.01 Other Events

A press release announcing entry into the Stock Purchase Agreement was issued by the Company on July 23, 2013, a copy of which is included as Exhibit 99.2 hereto and hereby incorporated by reference.

Forward-Looking Statements

Statements in this Current Report on Form 8-K that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the Company's control. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements. In particular, the Transaction is subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including the ability to obtain all required regulatory approvals, as well as risks relating to any unforeseen liabilities, losses or declines in economic performance. In addition, the Company is currently determining the amount of tax that will be payable as a result of the Transaction, and such tax payments may be substantial. More detailed information about factors that may affect our performance may be found in the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Company's most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, which can be obtained at its website at http://www.sec.gov. The Company undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Item 9.01 Financial Statements and Exhibits

(d) Exhibits

Exhibit 2.1	Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc., Davis + Henderson Corporation, Spoke Acquisition, Inc. and D+H Ltd., dated July 23, 2013. (Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the registrant hereby agrees to supplementally furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request any omitted schedule or exhibit to the Stock Purchase Agreement.)
Exhibit 99.1	HFS' audited combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and HFS' unaudited combined financial statements for (x) the year ended December 31, 2011 and (y) the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.
Exhibit 99.2	Press release of Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., dated July 23, 2013.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

		HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.
Date:	July 24, 2013	By:	/s/ Martin Wexler
			Martin Wexler Vice President and Treasurer

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Description
2.1	Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc., Davis + Henderson Corporation, Spoke Acquisition, Inc. and D+H Ltd., dated July 23, 2013. (Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the registrant hereby agrees to supplementally furnish to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request any omitted schedule or exhibit to the Stock Purchase Agreement.)
99.1	HFS' audited combined financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2012 and HFS' unaudited combined financial statements for (x) the year ended December 31, 2011 and (y) the three months ended March 31, 2013 and March 31, 2012.
99.2	Press release of Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., dated July 23, 2013.

EX-2.1

Exhibit 2.1

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and among

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.,

MACANDREWS & FORBES HOLDINGS INC.,

DAVIS + HENDERSON CORPORATION,

SPOKE ACQUISITION, INC.

and

D+H LTD.

dated as of July 23, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE COMPANY COMMON STOCK
Section 1.1	Sale and Purchase of the Company Common Stock	6
Section 1.2	Purchase Price	7
Section 1.3	The Closing	7
Section 1.4	Purchase Price Allocation	8
Section 1.5	Pre-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment	8
Section 1.6	Post-Closing Working Capital True-Up Payment	8
Section 1.7	Withholding	10
ARTICLE II REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
Section 2.1	Organization and Related Matters	11
Section 2.2	Capitalization	11
Section 2.3	Authority; No Violation	12
Section 2.4	Required Authorizations	13
Section 2.5	Required Consents	13
Section 2.6	Financial Statements; Absence of Liabilities	13
Section 2.7	Corporate Records	13
Section 2.8	Internal Controls	14
Section 2.9	Title to and Sufficiency of Assets, Condition of Tangible Assets	14
Section 2.10	Material Contracts	14
Section 2.11	No Broker	16
Section 2.12	Legal Proceedings	16
Section 2.13	Compliance with Applicable Law; Permits	16
Section 2.14	Agreements with Regulatory Agencies	17
Section 2.15	Insurance	17
Section 2.16	Taxes	17
Section 2.17	Employees; Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA	19
Section 2.18	Intellectual Property and Technology	21
Section 2.19	Real Estate	23
Section 2.20	Intercompany Arrangements	24
Section 2.21	Filing Documents	24
Section 2.22	Customer and Suppliers	24
Section 2.23	Absence of Certain Changes	24
Section 2.24	Limitations on Representations and Warranties	24

2

ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER
Section 3.1	Organization and Related Matters	25
Section 3.2	Authority; No Violation	25
Section 3.3	Required Authorizations	26
Section 3.4	No Israeli Nexus	26
Section 3.5	No Broker	26
Section 3.6	Agreements with Regulatory Agencies	26
Section 3.7	Financing	26
Section 3.8	Limitations on Representations and Warranties	28
Section 3.9	No Reliance	28
ARTICLE IV COVENANTS
Section 4.1	Conduct of Business by the Companies	29
Section 4.2	Conduct of Business by Parent and Buyer	31
Section 4.3	Review of Business	31
Section 4.4	Confidentiality and Announcements	32
Section 4.5	Regulatory Matters	34
Section 4.6	Notification of Certain Matters	35
Section 4.7	Expenses	36
Section 4.8	Further Assurances	36
Section 4.9	Employee Benefits	36
Section 4.10	Third-Party Proposals	38
Section 4.11	Consents and Approvals	38
Section 4.12	Efforts of Parties to Close	39
Section 4.13	Non-Hire of Employees	39
Section 4.14	Termination of Intercompany Agreements	39
Section 4.15	Assumption of Certain Obligations and Intercompany Indebtedness	40
Section 4.16	Non-competition	40
Section 4.17	Insurance	41
Section 4.18	Officer and Director Indemnification and Insurance	41
Section 4.19	Restrictions on Use of Seller’s and Companies’ Names	41
Section 4.20	Closing Cash Balance	43
Section 4.21	Financing	43
Section 4.22	Cooperation with Financing	44
Section 4.23	Replacement and Release of Certain Guarantees	45
ARTICLE V CONDITIONS TO THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTION
Section 5.1	Mutual Conditions	45
Section 5.2	Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer	46
Section 5.3	Conditions to the Obligations of Seller	46
Section 5.4	Frustration of Closing Conditions	47

3

ARTICLE VI TERMINATION
Section 6.1	Termination	47
Section 6.2	Survival After Termination	48
ARTICLE VII TAX MATTERS
Section 7.1	Tax Indemnification	48
Section 7.2	Filing of Tax Returns	49
Section 7.3	Tax Refunds	50
Section 7.4	Assistance and Cooperation	50
Section 7.5	Contests	51
Section 7.6	Tax Sharing Agreements	52
Section 7.7	Coordination; Survival	52
Section 7.8	Transfer Taxes	52
Section 7.9	Treatment of Indemnity Payments	52
Section 7.10	Limitations	53
ARTICLE VIII SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION
Section 8.1	Survival of Representations and Warranties and Agreements	53
Section 8.2	Indemnification by Seller and MFH	53
Section 8.3	Indemnification by Parent and Buyer	54
Section 8.4	Indemnification Procedure	55
Section 8.5	Punitive Damages; Certain Offsets	56
Section 8.6	Exclusive Remedy	57
ARTICLE IX MISCELLANEOUS
Section 9.1	Amendments; Waiver	57
Section 9.2	Entire Agreement	57
Section 9.3	Interpretation; Company Disclosure Schedules	57
Section 9.4	Severability	58
Section 9.5	Notices	58
Section 9.6	Binding Effect; Persons Benefiting; No Assignment	59
Section 9.7	Parental Guarantee	60
Section 9.8	Representations and Warranties of Parent	60
Section 9.9	Representations and Warranties of MFH	62
Section 9.10	Counterparts	62
Section 9.11	Specific Performance	63
Section 9.12	Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Service	64
Section 9.13	Definitions	64

Exhibits

Exhibit AForm of Transition Services Agreement

Exhibit BDebt Commitment Letter

4

Exhibit CBought Deal Letter

Exhibit DNet Working Capital Illustrative Calculation

5

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of July 23, 2013 (this “Agreement”), is by and among Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Seller”), Spoke Acquisition, Inc., an Oregon corporation (“Acquirer I”), and D+H Ltd., an Ontario corporation (“Acquirer II”), and, solely for the purposes of Section 4.2, Section 4.4, Section 4.21, Section 4.22, Section 8.3, Section 9.7 and Section 9.8, Davis + Henderson Corporation, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario (“Parent”) and, solely for the purposes of Section 4.13, Section 4.16, Section 4.19, Section 8.2 and Section 9.9, MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“MFH”). As used herein, Acquirer I and Acquirer II shall be referred to herein, individually and collectively as the “Buyer,” with the obligations of Buyer herein being joint and not several.

W-I-T-N-E-S-S-E-T-H :

WHEREAS, Seller (A) directly owns all of the outstanding common stock of Harland Clarke Corp (“HC Corp.”), a Delaware corporation, and (B) indirectly owns all of the outstanding common stock of (i) HFS Scantron Holdings Corp. (“Scantron Holdings”), a New York corporation, (ii) Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Harland USA”), an Oregon corporation, no par value (the “Harland USA Common Stock”), (iii) Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited (“Harland Ireland”), an Ireland company limited by shares, e1 par value per share (the “Harland Ireland Common Stock”) and (iv) Harland Israel Ltd. (“Harland Israel”), an Israel private company limited by shares, NIS 1.00 nominal value per share (the “Harland Israel Common Stock,” and together with the Harland USA Common Stock and the Harland Ireland Common Stock, the “Company Common Stock”). Each of Harland USA, Harland Ireland and Harland Israel are referred to herein individually as a “Harland Subsidiary,” and, collectively, as the “Companies”; and

WHEREAS, Seller desires to cause the sale and transfer of, and Buyer desires to purchase, the Company Common Stock, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, Parent indirectly owns all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Buyer; and

WHEREAS, the parties desire to make certain representations, warranties, covenants and agreements in connection with this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, and intending to be legally bound, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

SALE AND PURCHASE OF THE COMPANY COMMON STOCK

Section 1.1    Sale and Purchase of the Company Common Stock. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, Seller agrees to cause the sale, assignment and transfer to (x) Acquirer I of, and Acquirer I agrees to purchase, the Harland USA Common Stock, and (y) Acquirer II of, and Acquirer II agrees to purchase, the Harland Israel Common Stock and the Harland Ireland Common Stock, in each case with respect to clauses (x) and (y), free and clear of any Liens or rights or claims of others.

6

Section 1.2    Purchase Price. The cash purchase price payable by Buyer for the Company Common Stock shall be U.S. $1,200,000,000 (the “Purchase Price”), subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 1.5(b) and Section 1.6.

Section 1.3        The Closing.

(a)Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the closing of the sale of the Company Common Stock to Buyer (the “Closing”) shall take place at the offices of Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP, 1285 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10019 on the later of (i) August 21, 2013, and (ii) the date which is three Business Days after the satisfaction or waiver (subject to Applicable Law) of the latest to occur of the conditions set forth in Article V hereof (other than those conditions that relate to actions to be taken, or documents to be delivered, which, by their terms, are to be satisfied or waived at the Closing, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions at the Closing), unless extended by mutual agreement of the parties.

(b)At the Closing:

(i)    Buyer shall:

(A)    pay to Seller by Wire Transfer to the Designated Account immediately available funds in an amount equal to the Purchase Price (as adjusted pursuant to Section 1.5(b));

(B)    deliver the certificates contemplated by Sections 5.3(a) and 5.3(b);

(C)    deliver to Seller, the Transition Services Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, duly executed by Buyer;

(D)    deliver to the Seller, a list of nominees consenting to act as directors of the Companies, with effect immediately following Closing; and

(E)    deliver to Seller such other agreements, documents, instruments and writings as are reasonably required to be delivered by Buyer at or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise required pursuant to Applicable Law; and

(ii)    Seller shall:

(A)    deliver to the applicable Buyer entity the stock certificates representing the applicable Company Common Stock (to the extent certificated), duly endorsed in blank (or accompanied by duly executed stock powers) and any other such good and sufficient instruments of transfer and delivery as shall be necessary pursuant to Applicable Law to vest in Buyer, all right, title and interest in the Companies;

(B)    deliver a certificate of non-foreign status, substantially in the form of the sample certification set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iv)(B);

7

(C)    deliver the certificates contemplated by Sections 5.2(a) and 5.2(b);

(D)    deliver to Buyer, the Transition Services Agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, duly executed by Seller;

(E)    deliver to Buyer an executed letter of resignation of each of the members serving on the board of directors of each of the Companies, effective as of the Closing; and

(F)    deliver to Buyer such other agreements, documents, instruments and writings as are reasonably required to be delivered by Seller at or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise required pursuant to Applicable Law.

Section 1.4    Purchase Price Allocation. The Purchase Price (as adjusted pursuant to the terms hereof), shall be allocated among the Harland USA Common Stock, the Harland Ireland Common Stock and the Harland Israel Common Stock in accordance with Section 1.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, which allocation shall be binding upon Seller and Buyer (the “Allocation”). The parties will report the transactions contemplated by this Agreement consistent with the Allocation for all federal, state, local and foreign Tax purposes except to the extent otherwise required pursuant to a “determination” within the meaning of Section 1313 of the Code (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law).

Section 1.5    Pre-Closing Purchase Price Adjustment.

(a)    At least three but no more than 10 Business Days before the Closing Date, Seller shall deliver to Buyer an unaudited statement (the “Estimated Net Working Capital Statement”), setting forth Seller's reasonable good faith estimation of Net Working Capital as of 11:59 p.m.Eastern time on the expected Closing Date (“Estimated Net Working Capital”). The Estimated Net Working Capital Statement shall be prepared in accordance with the same accounting principles, practices, methodologies and policies used in the preparation of the Company Financial Statements (subject to the modifications set forth in the definition of Net Working Capital (and the definitions used to calculate Net Working Capital)) and the methodology used in the illustrative calculation of Net Working Capital set forth on Exhibit D (the “Working Capital Methodology”).

(b)    If the Estimated Net Working Capital exceeds the Net Working Capital Target, then the Purchase Price as set forth in Section 1.2 hereof shall be increased by the amount of such excess. If the Net Working Capital Target exceeds the Estimated Net Working Capital, then the Purchase Price as set forth in Section 1.2 hereof shall be decreased by the amount of such excess.

Section 1.6    Post-Closing Working Capital True-Up Payment.

(a)    Within 60 days after the Closing Date, Buyer will prepare, or cause to be prepared, and deliver to Seller an unaudited statement (the “Closing Net Working Capital Statement”), which shall set forth Buyer's calculation of Net Working Capital as of 11:59 p.m.Eastern time on the Closing Date (“Closing Net Working Capital”). The Closing Net Working Capital Statement shall be prepared in accordance with the Working Capital Methodology. Seller shall provide Buyer and its Representatives with any information reasonably requested by them and shall give them access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to the personnel, properties, books and records of the Seller and its

8

Affiliates for the purpose of its preparation of the Closing Net Working Capital Statement in accordance with this Section 1.6.

(b)    Upon receipt from Buyer, Seller shall have 30 days to review the Closing Net Working Capital Statement (the “Review Period”). If Seller disagrees with Buyer's computation of Closing Net Working Capital, Seller may, on or prior to the last day of the Review Period, deliver a notice to Buyer (the “Notice of Objection”), which sets forth its objection to Buyer's calculation of Closing Net Working Capital. Any Notice of Objection shall specify those items or amounts with which Seller disagrees, together with a written explanation of the reasons for disagreement with each such item or amount, and shall set forth Seller's calculation of Closing Net Working Capital based on such objections. The parties hereto acknowledge that (x) the sole purpose of the determination of Closing Net Working Capital is to calculate the amount to be paid, if any, pursuant to Section 1.6(d) so as to reflect the difference between the Closing Net Working Capital and the Estimated Net Working Capital and (y) the calculation of the Closing Net Working Capital shall be prepared in accordance with the Working Capital Methodology. After the Closing Date, Buyer shall provide Seller and its Representatives with any information reasonably requested by them and shall give them access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable notice, to the personnel, properties, books and records of the Companies for the purpose of its review of the Closing Net Working Capital Statement in accordance with this Section 1.6.

(c)    Unless Seller delivers the Notice of Objection to Buyer within the Review Period, Seller shall be deemed to have accepted Buyer's calculation of Closing Net Working Capital and the Closing Net Working Capital Statement shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties hereto. If Seller delivers the Notice of Objection to Buyer within the Review Period, Buyer and Seller shall, during the 30 days following such delivery or any mutually agreed extension thereof, use their commercially reasonable efforts to reach agreement on the disputed items and amounts in order to determine the amount of Closing Net Working Capital. If, at the end of such period or any mutually agreed extension thereof, Buyer and Seller are unable to resolve their disagreements, they shall jointly retain and refer their disagreements to a nationally recognized independent public accounting firm mutually acceptable to Buyer and Seller (the “Independent Accounting Firm”). If Buyer and Seller are unable to so agree, each shall select a nationally recognized independent accounting firm and those two firms shall select a third such firm, in which event “Independent Accounting Firm” shall mean the third such firm. The parties shall instruct the Independent Accounting Firm promptly to review this Section 1.6 and to determine solely with respect to the disputed items and amounts so submitted whether and to what extent, if any, the Closing Net Working Capital set forth in the Closing Net Working Capital Statement requires adjustment. The Independent Accounting Firm shall base its determination solely on written submissions by Buyer and Seller and not on an independent review. Buyer and Seller shall make available to the Independent Accounting Firm all relevant books and records and other items reasonably requested by the Independent Accounting Firm. As promptly as practicable, but in no event later than 30 days after its retention, the Independent Accounting Firm shall deliver to Buyer and Seller a report which sets forth its resolution of the disputed items and amounts and its calculation of Closing Net Working Capital; provided, however, that in no event shall Closing Net Working Capital as determined by the Independent Accounting Firm be less than Buyer's calculation of Closing Net Working Capital set forth in the Closing Net Working Capital Statement nor more than Seller's calculation of Closing Net Working Capital set forth in the Notice of Objection. The decision of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be final, conclusive and binding on the parties. Buyer and Seller shall each pay their own costs and expenses incurred under this Section 1.6. The Independent Accounting Firm shall allocate its fees, costs and expenses in accordance with the percentage which the portion of the contested amount not awarded to Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller, on the other hand, bears to the amount actually contested by or on behalf of such parties.

9

(d)    For the purposes of this Agreement, “Final Net Working Capital” means the Closing Net Working Capital: (i) as shown in the Closing Net Working Capital Statement delivered by Buyer to Seller pursuant to Section 1.6(a), if no Notice of Objection with respect thereto is timely delivered by Seller to Buyer pursuant to Section 1.6(b); or (ii) if a Notice of Objection is so delivered, (A) as agreed by Buyer and Seller pursuant to Section 1.6(c) or (B) in the absence of such agreement, as shown in the Independent Accounting Firm's calculation delivered pursuant to Section 1.6(c). If the Final Net Working Capital exceeds the Estimated Net Working Capital, Buyer shall pay the amount of such excess to Seller, and if the Estimated Net Working Capital exceeds the Final Net Working Capital, Seller shall pay the amount of such excess to Buyer, in either case by Wire Transfer, together with interest thereon at a rate equal to the Prime Rate as published in the Wall Street Journal, Eastern Edition in effect from time to time during the period from the Closing Date to the date of payment, calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed divided by 365, from the Closing Date to the date of payment, provided that such payment by either party shall be made only if the amount of such payment exceeds $200,000.

(e)    In the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the date of final resolution of Final Net Working Capital pursuant to this Section 1.6, no changes made by Buyer to (i) the accounting methodology or the accounting for any particular assets or liabilities of the HFS Business on which the Closing Net Working Capital calculation is based or (ii) any operational, financial or tax or other practices or methodologies of or relating to the HFS Business shall have an impact upon the calculation of Closing Net Working Capital or the calculation of the payment contemplated by Section 1.6(d), if any.

Section 1.7    Withholding. Buyer and the Companies will be entitled to deduct and withhold from any amount payable pursuant to this Agreement (including payments of Purchase Price) such amounts as Buyer or the Companies (or any Affiliate thereof) are required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of such payment under the Code or any other provision of Applicable Laws. Buyer acknowledges that it believes it is only required to deduct and withhold with respect to the making of any payment pursuant to this Agreement (including payments of Purchase Price) under Section 1445 of the Code; provided, that Buyer and the Companies shall only be entitled to deduct and withhold amounts pursuant to Section 1445 of the Code if Seller fails to deliver the certificate described in Section 1.3(b)(ii)(B). To the extent Buyer subsequently determines in good faith and after consultation with Seller that it is required to withhold with respect to the making of any payment pursuant to this Agreement (including payments of Purchase Price) (other than under Section 1445 of the Code), Buyer shall work in good faith with Seller to eliminate or reduce such withholding. To the extent that amounts are so withheld by Buyer or the Companies and paid over to the proper Governmental Authority, such withheld amounts will be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of whom such deduction and withholding were made.

ARTICLE II

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

OF SELLER

Except as set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule (it being agreed that any matter disclosed in any section of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to qualify the corresponding Section of this Agreement and any other Section to which such information is applicable so long as the application to such section is readily apparent from reading such disclosure), Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows and acknowledges and agrees that the Buyer is relying upon

10

the representations and warranties specifically set forth in this Article II in connection with its purchase of the Company Common Stock:

Section 2.1    Organization and Related Matters.

(a)    Harland USA is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Oregon. Harland Ireland is a company limited by shares duly organized and validly existing under the laws of Ireland. Harland Israel is a private company limited by shares duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Israel. Each of the Companies has the corporate power and authority to own or lease all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly licensed or qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the character or location of the properties and assets owned or leased by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(b)    Section 2.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all the Subsidiaries of each of the Companies. All of the outstanding shares of capital stock or other securities evidencing ownership of the Subsidiaries of each of the Companies are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and such shares or other securities are owned by the applicable Company or another of its Subsidiaries free and clear of any Lien (other than any Permitted Lien) with respect thereto. There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, puts, calls, rights, exchangeable or convertible securities or other commitments or agreements of any character relating to the issued or unissued capital stock or other securities or ownership or equity interest of any of the Companies' Subsidiaries, or otherwise obligating any of the Companies' Subsidiaries to issue, transfer, sell, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such stock, securities, or interests. Each Subsidiary of the Companies (i) is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, partnership or limited liability company or other legal entity under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where its ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of its business requires it to be so qualified (except for jurisdictions in which the failure to be so qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect) and (iii) has all requisite power and authority to own or lease its properties and assets and to carry on its business as now conducted.

Section 2.2    Capitalization.

(a)    The authorized capital stock of Harland USA consists of 1,000 shares of Harland USA Common Stock, 200 of which are issued and outstanding and have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights. The authorized capital stock of Harland Ireland consists of 1,000 shares of Harland Ireland Common Stock, 2 of which are issued and outstanding and have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights. The authorized capital stock of Harland Israel consists of 1 million shares of Harland Israel Common Stock, 1,000 of which are issued and outstanding and have been duly authorized and validly issued, are fully paid, nonassessable and free of preemptive rights.

(b)    All of the equity interests of HC Corp. are directly owned by Seller and all of the equity interests of Scantron Holdings are directly owned by HC Corp. All of the Company Common Stock is directly owned by Scantron Holdings and is free and clear of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens, all of which will be discharged on or prior to the Closing). Except as set forth above, as of the date hereof, no shares of capital stock or other voting securities of any the Companies are issued, reserved for issuance or outstanding. There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, puts, calls, rights, exchangeable

11

or convertible securities or other commitments or agreements of any character relating to the issued or unissued capital stock or other securities or ownership or equity interests of any of the Companies, or otherwise obligating any of the Companies to issue, transfer, sell, purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any such stock, securities or interests other than this Agreement. Upon completion of the transaction contemplated by this Agreement, the Buyer will have good and valid title to the Company Common Stock, free and clear of all Liens other than (i) those restrictions on transfer, if any, contained in the articles of the Companies, and (ii) Liens granted by the Buyer.

Section 2.3    Authority; No Violation.

(a)    Seller has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement and to consummate or cause to be consummated the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Seller has the corporate power and authority to cause each of HC Corp. and Scantron Holdings to take all actions necessary to consummate or cause to be consummated the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly approved by the Board of Directors of Seller. No other corporate proceedings (including any approvals of Seller's stockholder) on the part of Seller, HC Corp. or Scantron Holdings, are necessary to approve this Agreement and to consummate or cause to be consummated the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Seller, enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Seller nor the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by Seller with any of the terms or provisions hereof, will (i) violate any provision of the certificates of incorporation or bylaws or similar constating documents of Seller, HC Corp., Scantron Holdings, the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries, or (ii) assuming that the consents and approvals referred to in Section 2.4 and Section 2.5 are duly obtained, (x) violate any statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, decree or injunction applicable to Seller, HC Corp., Scantron Holdings or any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets or (y) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of or the loss of any benefit under, constitute a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under or in any payment conditioned, in whole or in part, on consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, accelerate the performance required by or rights or obligations under, or result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the respective properties or assets of Seller, HC Corp., Scantron Holdings or any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement, contract, or other instrument or obligation to which Seller, HC Corp., Scantron Holdings or any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries is a party, or by which they or any of their respective properties, assets or business activities may be bound or affected, except (in the case of clause (ii) above) for such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults or the loss of benefits that, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect.

12

Section 2.4    Required Authorizations. Except for (a) such Authorizations that the failure to obtain would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Company Material Adverse Effect, (b) compliance with any applicable requirements under the HSR Act, (c) such Authorizations that may be required solely by reason of the participation of Buyer (as opposed to any other third-party buyer) in the transactions contemplated hereby and (d) such Authorizations disclosed on Section 2.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, none of Seller, HC Corp., Scantron Holdings, the Companies or the Companies' Subsidiaries is required to obtain any consents or approvals of or make any filings, declarations or registrations with any Governmental Authority in connection with (x) the execution and delivery by Seller of this Agreement or (y) the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 2.5    Required Consents . There is no requirement to obtain any consent, approval or waiver of a party under any Leases or any Material Contract to which any of Seller, the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries is a party to any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for the consents, approvals and waivers described in Section 2.5 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

Section 2.6    Financial Statements; Absence of Liabilities.

(a)    Section 2.6(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth (A) (i) the audited combined balance sheet of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012 (the “Company Balance Sheet”) and (ii) the related audited combined statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, business equity and cash flow and all notes to them, together with a report of the auditors of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012 (the financial statements described in clauses (i) and (ii) being the “Company Financial Statements”), and (B) (i) the unaudited combined balance sheet of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2013 (the “Company First Quarter Balance Sheet”) and (ii) the related unaudited combined statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, business equity and cash flow and all notes to them of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries for the three months ended March 31, 2013 (the financial statements described in clauses (i) and (ii) being the “Company First Quarter Financial Statements”). The Company Balance Sheet and the Company First Quarter Balance Sheet, respectively, fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof, and the other Company Financial Statements and Company First Quarter Financial Statements present fairly in all material respects the results of the operations and cash flows of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries for the respective fiscal periods therein set forth, in each case (except, in the case of the Company First Quarter Financial Statements, for the absence of normal year-end adjustments), in accordance with GAAP.

(b)    Except for (i) those liabilities that are reflected or reserved against on the Company Balance Sheet or the Company First Quarter Balance Sheet, (ii) liabilities incurred after the date of the Company First Quarter Balance Sheet which are incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business or with the express consent of Buyer hereunder, (iii) liabilities arising under the Material Contracts since the date of the Company First Quarter Balance Sheet other than as a result of a default or breach thereof, and (iv) liabilities expressly disclosed in Section 2.6(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, none of the Companies nor any of their respective Subsidiaries have any material liabilities or obligations of any nature whatsoever.

Section 2.7    Corporate Records. The Corporate Records are complete and accurate in all material respects and all material corporate proceedings and actions reflected in the Corporate Records

13

have been conducted or taken in compliance with all Applicable Laws and with the constating documents of each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries.

Section 2.8    Internal Controls. Each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries has devised and maintained systems of internal accounting controls with respect to its business (given the size and nature of the applicable entity) sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (i) all material transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorization, (ii) all transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of financial statements, in each case, (except, in the case of the Company First Quarter Financial Statements, for the absence of normal year-end adjustments), in accordance with GAAP, (iii) access to their property and assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization, and (iv) material information relating to each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries is made known to those within the entity responsible for the preparation of the financial statements during the period in which the financial statements have been prepared.

Section 2.9    Title to and Sufficiency of Assets, Condition of Tangible Assets. Each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries has good and valid title to all of its properties and assets (whether real, personal or mixed), including all the properties and assets reflected on the Company First Quarter Financial Statements or thereafter acquired, other than those disposed of since March 31, 2013 in the Ordinary Course of Business, in each case free and clear of all Liens except for Permitted Liens. Except as disclosed in Section 2.9 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the assets of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries together with the assets that are made available to the Buyer under the Transition Services Agreement are all of the material assets necessary and sufficient to operate, after the Closing, the HFS Business substantially in the manner presently operated by the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries.

Section 2.10    Material Contracts.

(a)    Section 2.10 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list, as of the date hereof, of each of the following Contracts which the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries is currently a party to or bound by (in each case, other than any Plan) (each, a “Material Contract”):

(i)    any Contract relating to any Indebtedness of more than $500,000;

(ii)    any Contract for the acquisition of any Person or any business unit thereof or the disposition of any material assets of any of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries (other than in the Ordinary Course of Business), other than Contracts in which the applicable acquisition or disposition has been consummated and there are no material obligations on the part of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries ongoing;

(iii)    any Lease, rental or occupancy agreement or installment and conditional sale agreement that (x) provides for the ownership of, leasing of, title to, use of, or any leasehold or other interest in any real property or (y) provides for the ownership of, leasing of, title to, use of, or any leasehold or other interest in any personal property involves aggregate payments in excess of $250,000in 2012;

(iv)    any Contract under which any Harland Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries has made or is obligated to make, directly or indirectly, any advance, loan, extension of credit or capital contribution to, or other investment in, any Person;

14

(v)    any Contract with respect to which any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries (i) has received more than $750,000in annualized revenue within the 12-month period prior to the date of the Company Balance Sheet or (ii) has a stated liability or obligation of more than $750,000within any 12-month period from and after the date of the Company Balance Sheet, in each case, other than contracts (such as purchase orders) entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(vi)    any Contract prohibiting or materially restricting the ability of any Harland Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries to conduct their respective business in any geographical area or to compete with any Person;

(vii)    any Contract that provides for earn-outs or other similar contingent obligations (in each case, that have not been satisfied or settled, or with respect to which the earn-out or measurement period has not yet expired, prior to the date hereof) to be paid by any Harland Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries that would reasonably be expected to exceed $500,000 in the aggregate;

(viii)    any Contract (other than (x) subsequent purchase orders with suppliers, Clients, distributors or resellers entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business and (y) Contracts of the type (without giving effect to dollar thresholds) described in other clauses of this Section 2.10(a)) with any of the top fifteen (15) suppliers, top seventeen (17) Clients, top eleven (11) distributors (with respect to the resale of products of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries) and top twenty (20) resellers (for whom the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries resell such third party's products), in each case (based on aggregate dollar amount of payments to such vendors or consideration received from such Clients, resellers or distributors) for 2012;

(ix)    any License Agreement in which annual payments by any of the Companies were in excess of $500,000 in 2012;

(x)    any Contract for a Harland Subsidiary's purchase of materials, supplies, products or services, currently involving annual payments in excess of $400,000;

(xi)    any Contract that (x) contains most favored customer pricing provisions with any third party or (y) grants any exclusive rights, rights of first refusal, rights of first negotiation or similar rights to any Person, in the case of each of (x) and (y) in a manner which is material to the HFS Business.

(xii)    any Contract with any Governmental Authority (except those Contracts entered into in the Ordinary Course of Business);

(xiii)    any Contract relating to the settlement or compromise of any Proceedings that has material continuing rights or continuing obligations thereunder; and

(xiv)    any joint venture Contract, exclusive distribution Contract, partnership agreement, or limited liability company agreement.

15

(b)    Each Material Contract is valid, binding and in full force and effect, and enforceable against each Harland Subsidiary or its Subsidiaries party thereto and to the Knowledge of Seller, each other party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Except as set forth in Section 2.10(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, since January 1, 2011, each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries has duly performed all of its material obligations under each such Material Contract to the extent that such obligations have accrued and none of the Companies nor any of their respective Subsidiaries has received (x) any claim or notice of material breach of or material default under any Material Contract or any written notice of an intention to challenge the validity or enforceability of any such Material Contract and (y) any written notice of an intention to terminate or not renew any such Material Contract. There are no existing material defaults (or circumstances, occurrences, events or acts that, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would become defaults) of any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of Seller, any other party thereto, under any Material Contract.

Section 2.11    No Broker. Except as set forth in Section 2.11 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, none of Seller, HC Corp., Scantron Holdings, the Companies or the Subsidiaries of the Companies has employed any broker or finder or incurred any liability for any broker's fees, commissions or finder's fees in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 2.12    Legal Proceedings. Except as set forth in Section 2.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there are no material legal, administrative, arbitral or other proceedings, claims, suits, actions or governmental or regulatory investigations or inquiries of any nature (collectively, “Proceedings”) that are pending or, to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened against any of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries. There is no injunction, order, judgment, decree, or regulatory restriction imposed upon any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or business that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 2.13    Compliance with Applicable Law; Permits. Each Harland Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries is and has been, since June 30, 2010, conducting its business in compliance with all Applicable Laws, regulations, orders, judgments and decrees, except for such failures to comply that would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect, neither the Companies, nor any of their Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents or any other Person authorized to act, and acting, on behalf of the Companies or their Subsidiaries have, directly or indirectly, in connection with the business activities of the Companies and their Subsidiaries used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment, or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity to or for the benefit of any government official, candidate for public office, political party or political campaign, for the purpose of (A) influencing any act or decision of such government official, candidate, party or campaign, (B) inducing such government official, candidate, party or campaign to do or omit to do any act in violation of a lawful duty, (C) obtaining or retaining business for or with any Person, (D) expediting or securing the performance of official acts of a routine nature, or (E) otherwise securing any improper advantage, in each case in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the Bribery Act 2010 or any corresponding foreign statutes. The Companies and their respective Subsidiaries hold, own or possess all Permits necessary for the lawful ownership, operation and use of the properties and assets and the conduct of the businesses of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries

16

as currently conducted, except for such Permits that the failure to hold, own or possess would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. The Companies and their respective Subsidiaries are in compliance with their respective obligations under such Permits, with such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Except for matters that would not reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, to the Knowledge of Seller, since January 1, 2011, none of such Permits has been challenged or revoked and no statement of intention to challenge, revoke or fail to renew any such Permit has been received by any Harland Subsidiary or any of its Subsidiaries, provided, however, that this Section 2.13 shall not apply to matter related to Taxes, which shall be governed by Section 2.16.

Section 2.14    Agreements with Regulatory Agencies. Neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any cease-and-desist or other order or enforcement action issued by, or is a party to any written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any order or directive by, a Governmental Authority, that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 2.15    Insurance. Each material insurance policy covering the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries or any of their assets, properties or employees is in full force and effect, all premiums due and payable thereon have been paid and Seller has not received written notice from any insurer or agent of any intent to cancel any such insurance policy. Seller has complied in all material respects with the terms and provisions of such insurance policies to the extent affecting the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries. There is no material claim by Seller pending under any of such policies with respect to the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries as to which coverage has been denied or disputed by the underwriters of such policies.

Section 2.16    Taxes.

(a)    Since May 1, 2007, all material Tax Returns of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries that are required to be filed have been timely filed (taking into account extensions) and all such Tax Returns are true, correct and complete in all material respects;

(b)    Since May 1, 2007, all Taxes due and payable with respect to any Tax Returns of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries or otherwise payable by, or with respect to the assets or operations of, the Companies or their Subsidiaries have been timely paid;

(c)    Since the date of the Company Balance Sheet, none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries (i) has incurred any Taxes outside the Ordinary Course of Business, (ii) changed a method of accounting for income Tax purposes, (iii) entered into any agreement with any Taxing Authority with respect to any Tax matter, (iv) surrendered any right to a Tax refund, (v) changed an accounting period with respect to Taxes, (vi) filed an amended Tax Return, (vii) changed or revoked any material election with respect to Taxes, or (viii) made any material election with respect to Taxes (except to the extent consistent with past practices and accounting methods);

(d)    Since May 1, 2007, the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries, in all material respects, have timely and properly withheld and paid over to the proper Taxing Authority (or are holding for payment) (i) all Taxes required to be withheld from amounts owing to any employee, agents, contractors, nonresidents, shareholders, creditor or third party, and (ii) all sales, use, ad valorem, and value added Taxes;

17

(e)    There are no material Liens for Taxes upon the assets of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries except for Permitted Liens;

(f)    None of the Companies or their Subsidiaries is liable for Taxes of any other Person (other than Seller or the Company or other Subsidiaries) as a result of successor liability or transferee liability. To the Knowledge of Seller, none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has been (i) a member of any affiliated, consolidated, combined or unitary group (other than a group of which Seller or such Harland Subsidiary is or was the common parent) or (ii) a party to any Contract that includes a provision which relates to the sharing or indemnification of any amount of material Tax liabilities or the sharing or indemnification of any material Tax benefits;

(g)    There are no material audits or investigations by any Taxing Authority of, or with respect to the income, operations or assets of, the Companies or their Subsidiaries currently in progress, pending, or to the Knowledge of Seller, threatened in writing;

(h)    Since May 1, 2007, none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has participated in a “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4;

(i)    None of the Companies or their Subsidiaries or the Seller or any of their Affiliates has (A) a request for a private letter ruling, (B) a request for administrative relief, (C) a request for technical advice, (D) a request for a change of any method of accounting, or (E) any other request that is pending with any Taxing Authority that, in each case, relates to the Taxes or Tax Returns of the Companies or their Subsidiaries. No power of attorney granted by the Companies or their Subsidiaries with respect to any Taxes is currently in force. None of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has executed or filed with any Taxing Authority any agreement or other document extending or having the effect of extending the statute of limitations for assessment, collection or other imposition of any Tax;

(j)    Since May 1, 2007none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries have received a written notice from any Taxing Authority that the Companies or their Subsidiaries is required to pay Taxes or file Tax Returns in a jurisdiction in which the Companies or their Subsidiaries do not file Tax Returns or pays Taxes;

(k)    None of the Companies or their Subsidiaries is required to include an item of income, or exclude an item of deduction, for any period after the Closing Date as a result of (i) a change in method of accounting made prior to, or with respect to, a period ending on or prior to the Closing Date; or (ii) an agreement entered into with any Government Authority on or prior to the Closing Date;

(l)    Neither Harland USA nor its Subsidiaries is required to include an item of income, or exclude an item of deduction, for any period after the Closing Date as a result of (i) an installment sale transaction occurring on or before the Closing governed by Section 453 of the Code (or any similar provision of state or local laws other than any such transaction relating to deferred revenue of Harland USA or its Subsidiaries incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business); (ii) a transaction occurring on or before the Closing reported as an open transaction for U.S. federal Income Tax purposes (or any similar doctrine under state or local laws); (iii) any election (including a protection election) pursuant to Section 108(i) of the Code; (iv) any “excess loss account” with respect to any stock owned in any Subsidiary; or (v) any item of income, gain, loss, expense, or deduction that is deferred under the intercompany transaction rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-13;

18

(m)    Harland USA does not own an interest in any Flow-Thru Entity other than HFS Software India Private Limited;

(n)    Harland USA is not (nor has ever been) a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897(c) of the Code;

(o)    There is no contract, agreement, plan or arrangement covering any employee or former employee or independent contractor or former independent contractor of Harland USA that, individually or collectively, could give rise to a (or already has resulted in a) payment or provision of any other benefit (including accelerated vesting) by the Companies or their Subsidiaries that could be nondeductible under Section 280G of the Code or could be subject to an excise Tax under Section 4999 of the Code;

(p)    To the Knowledge of the Seller, none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has agreed to pay, gross up, or otherwise indemnify any employee or contractor for any actual or potential Taxes, including those Taxes imposed under Section 409A of the Code or Section 4999 of the Code, except to the extent such payments are to be made in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(q)    Seller's disposition of the shares of Harland USA could not result in a reduction in any Tax attribute (as set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-34(d)(4)) of Harland USA or its Subsidiaries pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-36; and

(r)    Neither the Seller, Harland USA nor its Subsidiaries has made an election under Section 336(e) of the Code (or entered a contract to make such election) to treat any “qualified stock disposition” (as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.336-1(b)(6)) with respect to Harland USA or its Subsidiaries as a disposition of all the assets of Harland USA or its Subsidiaries.

Section 2.17    Employees; Employee Benefit Plans; ERISA

(a)    Section 2.17(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of each Company Plan and each material Seller Plan.

(b)    With respect to each Company Plan, Seller has delivered or made available to Buyer a true and complete copy of such Company Plan, including all plan documents and amendments thereto, as well as the three (3) most recent Forms 5500 and accompanying schedules, if any, the current summary plan description and any material modifications thereto, as required, and the most recent determination letter from the IRS, if any. With respect to each material Seller Plan, Seller has delivered or made available to Buyer a true and complete copy of such Seller Plan, including all plan documents and amendments thereto.

(c)With respect to each Company Plan and each Seller Plan in which employees of the Company participate that is intended to be a “qualified plan” within the meaning of Section 401(a) of the Code (“Qualified Plans”), the IRS has issued a favorable determination letter that has not been revoked, or the remedial amendment period under Section 401(b) of the Code and IRS Revenue Procedure 2005-66 has not expired, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, no events or circumstances exist that could reasonably be expected to result in the disqualification of any such Qualified Plan or the failure of any such Qualified Plan to qualify.

19

(d)Each Company Plan has been administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms and Applicable Law.

(e)No Company Plan is, or has been within the last six (6) years, subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 302 of ERISA or Section 412 or 4971 of the Code. The Company does not participate in any multiemployer pension plan, as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA.

(f)There does not now exist, nor, to the Knowledge of Seller, do any circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to result in, any Controlled Group Liability (as defined in the next sentence) that would be a liability of any of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries following the Closing Date with respect to events that have occurred on or prior to the Closing Date. “Controlled Group Liability” shall mean any liabilities (i) under Title IV of ERISA, (ii) under Section 302 of ERISA or (iii) under Sections 412 and 4971 of the Code, that arise in respect of employee benefit plans maintained by Seller and its ERISA Affiliates that are not Company Plans. “ERISA Affiliate” means one or more trade or businesses being deemed a single employer with the Seller or the Company under Section 414 of the Code.

(g)Except as set forth in Section 2.17(g) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will (either alone or in conjunction with any other event) result in, or cause the accelerated vesting, funding or delivery of, any payment or benefit to any employee, officer or director of any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries under a Company Plan.

(h)Except as set forth in Section 2.17(h) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and as would not reasonably be expected to result in a material liability, there are no pending claims (other than claims for benefits in the Ordinary Course of Business), lawsuits or investigations by any Governmental Authority with respect to which notice has been given to any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries against the Company Plans. None of the Companies or their Subsidiaries has engaged in any “prohibited transaction” (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code or Section 406 of ERISA), that would reasonably be expected to subject any of the Company Plans or their related trusts, or any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, to any material Tax or penalty imposed under Section 4975 of the Code or Section 502 of ERISA.

(i)Except as set forth in Section 2.17(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no Company Plan, Seller Plan or any other promise provides life insurance, death or medical benefits (whether or not insured), with respect to current or former employees of the Company beyond their retirement or other termination of service, other than COBRA coverage mandated by Applicable Law.

(j)Each Company Plan may be amended, terminated, modified or otherwise revised by Company, as provided in the Company Plan as so amended, other than benefits protected under Section 411(d) of the Code, on and after the Closing, without further material liability to Company (excluding ordinary administrative expenses and routine claims for benefit plans).

(k)As relates to any of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries, there is not presently pending or existing, and, to the Knowledge of Seller, there is not threatened, (i) any strike, slowdown, picketing or work stoppage or (ii) any application for certification of a collective bargaining agent. With respect to each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, (A) no labor organization or group of employees of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries has made a pending demand for recognition or certification, and there are and have been no representation or certification proceedings or petitions

20

seeking a representation proceeding, with the National Labor Relations Board or any other labor relations tribunal or authority, nor have any such demands, proceedings or petitions been brought or filed or threatened to be brought or filed within the past five years, and (B) there are no material organizing activities, strikes, work stoppages, slowdowns, lockouts or grievances, or other material labor disputes against or involving the any of Companies or any of their Subsidiaries. Except as set forth in Section 2.17(k) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, none of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries is party to any union, collective bargaining agreements or other similar labor agreements covering Company Employees employed in the United States, India, Ireland or Israel and none of the Company Employees employed in the United States, India, Ireland or Israel is covered by any union, collective bargaining or other similar labor agreements.

Section 2.18    Intellectual Property and Technology.

(a)    Section 2.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all (i) issued Patents and pending Patent applications, (ii) Trademark registrations and applications, (iii) Copyright registrations and applications, and (iv) internet domain name registrations, in each case that are owned by any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries. With respect to each item listed in Section 2.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, except as set forth in Section 2.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (a) the relevant Harland Subsidiary or its respective Subsidiary, as applicable, is the sole owner and possesses all right, title and interest in and to the item, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), and (b) no action, suit, proceeding, hearing, charge, complaint or claim is pending or, to the Knowledge of the Seller, threatened that challenges the legality, validity, enforceability, registration, use or ownership of the item. Except as set forth Section 2.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries have, in the Ordinary Course of Business, maintained each such registration and/or application so that each such registration and/or application (i) has not been abandoned or cancelled, and (ii) has been maintained effective by all requisite filings, renewals and payments. Section 2.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list, as of the date of this Agreement, of all jurisdictions in which such Intellectual Property is registered or registrations have been applied for and all registration and application numbers.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 2.18(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of Seller, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect, (i) the computer and data processing systems, facilities and services used by the Companies or their Subsidiaries are substantially free of any material defects, bugs and errors, and do not contain any disabling codes or instructions, spyware, Trojan horses, worms, viruses or other software routines that permit or cause unauthorized access to, or disruption, impairment, disablement, or destruction of, software, data or other materials wherein any of the Companies' or their Subsidiaries' Trade Secrets has been disclosed to a third party.

(c)    Except as set forth in Section 2.18(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (i) none of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries are infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Copyrights or Trade Secrets of any Person, (ii) to the Knowledge of the Seller, none of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries are infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any Intellectual Property of any Person, other than Copyrights and Trade Secrets, and (iii) none of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries have received from any Person in the past twelve months any written notice, charge, complaint, claim or other written assertion alleging any such infringement, misappropriation, or other violation by any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries of the Intellectual Property of any Person. To the Knowledge of the Seller, no Person is infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating the Intellectual Property of any of the Companies or their

21

respective Subsidiaries in any manner that would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, the parties acknowledge and agree that the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 2.18(c) are the only representations and warranties made by the Seller with respect to infringement of Intellectual Property of any third party.

(d)    Section 2.18(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of the material Company Software product lines currently made available by the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries (the “Material Company Software”). Except as set forth in Section 2.18(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, none of the Company Software distributed by any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries in its or their client applications incorporates or is comprised of or distributed with any Publicly Available Software in a manner which (i) requires the distribution of Material Company Software source code or other material proprietary source code of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the distribution of such Publicly Available Software; (ii) materially limits any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries' freedom to seek full compensation in connection with marketing, licensing, and distributing of Material Company Software; or (iii) allows a Client or requires that a Client have the right to decompile, disassemble or otherwise reverse engineer any Material Company Software by its terms and not by operation of Applicable Law. Except as set forth in Section 2.18(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, one of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries is in actual possession and control of the applicable source code, object code, code writes, notes, documentation, programmers' notes, source code annotations, user manuals and know-how to the extent required for use, distribution, development, enhancement, maintenance and support of each item of material Company Software, subject to any licenses granted to third parties therein.

(e)    Except as set forth in Section 2.18(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the third party Software that is used by any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries in the operation of the HFS Business (other than Software made available pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement) is used pursuant to valid license agreements (collectively, the “Third Party Licenses”) that will allow the continued operation of the HFS Business consistent with past practice and none of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries have exercised any rights, including without limitation any use, reproduction, distribution or derivative work rights, outside the scope of any Third Party License that have not been cured prior to the Closing Date.

(f)    Except as set forth in Section 2.18(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries have taken commercially reasonable actions in the Ordinary Course of Business to protect, preserve and maintain their material Intellectual Property and to maintain the confidentiality and secrecy of and restrict the improper use of confidential information, trade secrets and proprietary information under Applicable Law. Without limitation, such reasonable actions have included requiring employees and consultants to enter into non-disclosure and intellectual property assignment agreements, in each case to the extent that such employees or consultants have worked with or have developed any part of their Intellectual Property. Except as set forth in Section 2.18(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Seller, there has been no material unauthorized disclosure of any Trade Secrets of any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries.

(g)    Except as set forth in Section 2.18(g) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, none of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries has disclosed any Material Company Software source code or other material proprietary source code of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries to any other Person, except in connection with a source code escrow agreement in which release of the Company Software source code is generally limited to the following contingencies: (x) a Company or its

22

Subsidiaries cease to support the relevant Software as required by the relevant license agreement, (y) a Company or its Subsidiaries fail adequately to maintain service levels established in the relevant license agreement, or (z) a Company or its Subsidiaries ceases to conduct the relevant business, becomes insolvent or enters into bankruptcy. Except as set forth in Section 2.18(g) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, none of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries is obligated to operate in accordance with any outsourcing agreement or to support or maintain any of the Company Software except pursuant to agreements that provide for periodic payments to the applicable Company or a Subsidiary thereof for such services or pursuant to warranty obligations.

(h)    Except as set forth in Section 2.18(h) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, since June 30, 2010 (i) to the Knowledge of the Seller, each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries have complied with all applicable contractual and legal requirements pertaining to information privacy and security, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not result in a violation thereof, and (ii) no written complaint relating to an improper use or disclosure of, or a breach in the security of, any such information has been made against any Company or their Subsidiaries, in the case of each of (i) and (ii), except where the failure to so comply would be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(i)    Each of the Companies and their Subsidiaries have a business interruption plan in effect as of the date hereof. Section 2.18(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a complete list of all material interruptions in the technology support of each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, that have occurred in the 2 years prior to the date hereof.

Section 2.19    Real Estate.

(a)    None of the Companies or their Subsidiaries owns any real property.

(b)    Section 2.19(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule identifies by street address all of the real property that is leased, subleased or occupied pursuant to similar agreements by the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries (the “Leased Real Property”). Seller has made available to Buyer true, correct and complete copies of all leases, lease guaranties, subleases, licenses, and agreements for the leasing, use or occupancy of, or otherwise granting a right in or relating to the Leased Real Property, including all amendments and modifications thereof (the “Leases”). There exists no default or condition, or any state of facts or event that with the passage of time or giving of notice would constitute a default, in the performance by any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries of their respective obligations under any of the Leases or, to the Knowledge of Seller as of the date hereof, by any other party to any of the Leases. None of the Companies nor any of their Subsidiaries has received any written or, to the Knowledge of Seller, oral communication from the landlord or lessor under any of the Leases claiming that any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries are in breach of their obligations under the respective Leases, including due but unpaid rent or other charges. The Company or Subsidiary that is the tenant thereunder is in sole possession of the premises demised under each Lease and has not assigned, sublet, mortgaged or otherwise conveyed all or any portion of its respective interest in any Lease or the premises demised under any of the Leases. Each Lease is in full force and effect and the Company or Subsidiary that is the tenant thereunder has a valid and enforceable interest in such Lease free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). To the Knowledge of Seller, all buildings and all fixtures, equipment and other real or tangible property and assets held under the Leases by any of the Companies or their applicable Subsidiaries are in good condition and the systems located therein are in good working order and condition. The Leased Real Property constitutes all of the real property interests used by the Companies and their Subsidiaries in the conduct of their business.

23

Section 2.20    Intercompany Arrangements.

(a)    Section 2.20(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule identifies all material agreements or arrangements between any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries), on the other hand.

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 2.20(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) or Representatives of Seller or any of its Affiliates owns any material property or asset used in the conduct of the business of any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries.

Section 2.21    Filing Documents. None of the information regarding the Companies or any of their Affiliates supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of any of the Companies or Seller on or prior to the Closing Date for inclusion in any documents to be filed with any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will, at the respective times such documents are filed with any Governmental Authority, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

Section 2.22    Customer and Suppliers. Section 2.22 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of (a) the twenty (20) largest Clients of the HFS Business measured by dollar value on a consolidated basis for the twelve months ended on the date of the most recent balance sheet included in the Company First Quarter Financial Statements, and (b) the top ten (10) suppliers or vendors to the HFS Business based on the aggregate dollar amount of purchases of vendor product or service by the HFS Business on a consolidated basis during such twelve-month period. No such Client or supplier has terminated or notified any of the Seller, the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries in writing that it intends to terminate after the Closing its business relationship with any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries. To the Knowledge of the Seller, no such Client or supplier has informed the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries (in writing or otherwise) that it will terminate its Contract with the applicable Company or any of its respective Subsidiaries earlier than the stated term in such Contract.

Section 2.23    Absence of Certain Changes. Since the date of the Company Balance Sheet, except as contemplated by this Agreement (a) the Companies and their Subsidiaries have conducted their business in all material respects only in the Ordinary Course of Business and (b) as of the date hereof, there has not been a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Section 2.24    Limitations on Representations and Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties specifically set forth in this Article II and Section 9.9, neither Seller nor any of its or its Affiliates' Representatives, nor any other Person, makes or shall be deemed to make or have made any representation or warranty to Buyer, any of its or its Affiliates' Representatives or any other Person, express or implied, at law or in equity, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or with respect to any other information provided to Buyer or any of its or its Affiliates' Representatives or any other Person, and Seller hereby disclaims any such representation or warranty whether by Seller or any of its or its Affiliates' Representatives or any other Person. Neither Seller nor any of its or its Affiliates' Representatives will have or be subject to any liability or indemnification obligation to Buyer or any of its or its Affiliates' Representatives or any other Person resulting from the distribution to Buyer or its or its Affiliates' Representatives, or from such Person's use of or otherwise with respect to, (a) any

24

projections, estimates, trends or budgets in respect of the HFS Business, the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries or the industries or geographic areas in which any of them operate or (b) any material, documents or information relating to any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries made available or disclosed to Buyer or any of its or its Affiliates' Representatives or any other Person in the Electronic Data Room or any information memorandum, management presentation, question and answer session or otherwise, unless and then only to the extent that any such information is expressly included in a representation or warranty contained in this Article II.

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER

Except as set forth in the Buyer Disclosure Schedule (it being agreed that any matter disclosed in any section of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to qualify the corresponding Section of this Agreement and any other Section to which such information is applicable so long as the application to such Section is readily apparent from reading such disclosure), Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows and acknowledges and agrees that the Seller is relying upon the representations and warranties specifically set forth in this Article III in connection with its sale of the Company Common Stock:

Section 3.1    Organization and Related Matters. Acquirer I is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Oregon. D+H Ltd. is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Ontario. The Buyer has the corporate power and authority to own or lease all of its properties and assets and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, and is duly licensed or qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it or the character or location of the properties and assets owned or leased by it makes such licensing or qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so licensed or qualified would not reasonably be expected to have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.2    Authority; No Violation.

(a)    Buyer has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Transition Services Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly and validly approved by the Board of Directors of Buyer. No other corporate proceedings (including any approvals of Buyer's shareholders) on the part of Buyer are necessary to approve this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Buyer and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Seller, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Buyer, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(b)    Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement by Buyer, nor the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby, nor compliance by Buyer with any of the terms or provisions hereof, will (i) violate any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of Buyer (ii) assuming that the consents and approvals referred to in Section 3.3 are duly obtained,

25

(x) violate any statute, code, ordinance, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ, decree or injunction applicable to Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets or (y) violate, conflict with, result in a breach of any provision of or the loss of any benefit under, constitute a default (or an event that, with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default) under, result in the termination of or a right of termination or cancellation under or in any payment conditioned, in whole or in part, on consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, accelerate the performance required by or rights or obligations under, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, license, lease, agreement, contract, or other instrument or obligation to which Buyer or any of its Subsidiaries is a party, or by which they or any of their respective properties, assets or business activities may be bound or affected, except (in the case of clause (ii) above) for such violations, conflicts, breaches, defaults or the loss of benefits that, either individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.3    Required Authorizations. Except for (a) Authorizations that the failure to obtain would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, (b) compliance with any applicable requirements under the HSR Act, and (c) Authorizations that may be required solely by reason of the participation of the Companies or Seller (as opposed to any other third party) in the transactions contemplated hereby, Buyer is not required to obtain any consents or approvals of or make any filings, declarations or registrations with any Governmental Authority in connection with (i) the execution and delivery by Buyer of this Agreement or (ii) the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated hereby.

Section 3.4    No Israeli Nexus.Neither Buyer nor any of its Controlling or Controlled Persons or entities is an Israeli entity, is registered to do business in Israel, has a registered office in Israel, has local representative or agents, or sell to customers located in Israel. Neither Buyer nor any of its Controlling or Controlled Persons or entities has any direct or indirect holdings in an Israeli corporation which exceeds 25% of any of the following: voting rights, rights to appoint directors or dividend rights, or direct or indirect holdings of the outstanding shares of such corporation. For purposes of this Section 3.4, “Control” in this Section shall mean having 50% of either (i) the right to appoint directors or (ii) the voting power in the general meeting.

Section 3.5    No Broker. Except as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, no Person has acted, directly or indirectly, as a broker, finder or financial advisor for Buyer or its Affiliates in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, other than any broker, finder or financial advisor the fees and expenses of which are due only from Buyer or its Affiliates.

Section 3.6    Agreements with Regulatory Agencies. Neither Buyer nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to any cease-and-desist or other order or enforcement action issued by, or is a party to any written agreement, consent agreement or memorandum of understanding with, or is a party to any commitment letter or similar undertaking to, or is subject to any order or directive that would, individually or in the aggregate, have a Buyer Material Adverse Effect.

Section 3.7    Financing.

(a)    A true and correct copy of an executed debt commitment letter and related term sheet (the “Debt Commitment Letter”) from The Bank of Nova Scotia and Royal Bank of Canada (the “Lenders”), pursuant to which such Lenders have committed to provide the borrowers thereunder (the “Borrowers”), each being a Subsidiary of Parent, with loans in the amounts described therein, the proceeds of which may be used to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the

26

“Debt Financing”) is attached as Exhibit B. As of the date of this Agreement, the Debt Commitment Letter, in the form so delivered, is in full force and effect, and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto, in each case, subject to (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Neither the Debt Commitment Letter nor the Fee Letter has not been amended or modified prior to the date of this Agreement, no such amendment or modification is contemplated as of the date of this Agreement, no side letters have been entered into in connection with the Debt Commitment Letter (or any definitive agreement related thereto) and no such side letters (other than the two fee letters entered into with Lenders in connection with the Debt Financing (collectively, the “Fee Letter”)) are contemplated, and, as of the date of this Agreement, none of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice that the commitments contained in the Debt Commitment Letter have been withdrawn or rescinded in any respect. The obligations of the Lenders to consummate the Debt Financing are not subject to any conditions or other contingencies related to the funding of such commitments, other than as expressly set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter or the Fee Letter. Parent has caused the applicable Subsidiary to fully pay any and all commitment and other fees payable on or prior to the date of this Agreement in connection with the Debt Commitment Letter and intend to pay, after the date hereof, all such commitments and fees as they become due. As of the date of this Agreement, no event has occurred that (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) would constitute a breach or default under the Debt Commitment Letter or the Fee Letter by any applicable Subsidiary of Parent and, to the Knowledge of Buyer, any other party thereto under any term or condition of the Debt Commitment Letter or the Fee Letter. To the Knowledge of the Buyer, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Article II hereof and the performance by Seller of its obligations hereunder, as of the date of this Agreement, Buyer does not have any reason to believe that any of the conditions set forth in the Debt Commitment Letter or the Fee Letter will not be satisfied or the funding contemplated in the Debt Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter will not be made available to Buyer in accordance with the terms of the Debt Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter.

(b)    A true and correct copy of the bought deal engagement letterand the form of underwriting agreement attached thereto (collectively, the “Bought Deal Letter”) from a syndicate of underwriters (the “Equity Underwriters”) led by Scotia Capital Inc., RBC Dominion Securities Inc. and CIBC World Markets Inc. pursuant to which such Equity Underwriters have committed, subject to the terms and conditions therein, to purchase and distribute subscription receipts convertible into common shares and convertible extendible unsecured subordinated debenturesof Parent in the amounts set forth in such Bought Deal Letter (the “Equity Financing,” and together with the Debt Financing, the “Financing”) is attached as Exhibit C. As of the date of this Agreement, the Bought Deal Letter, in the form so delivered, is in full force and effect, and is a legal, valid and binding obligation of Parent and the other parties thereto, in each case, subject to (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. The Bought Deal Letter has not been amended or modified prior to the date of this Agreement, no such amendment or modification is contemplated as of the date of this Agreement, no side letters have been entered into in connection with the Bought Deal Letter and no such side letters are contemplated, and, as of the date of this Agreement, Parent has not received any written notice that the commitments contained in the Bought Deal Letter have been withdrawn or rescinded in any respect. The obligations of the Equity Underwriters to consummate the Equity Financing are not subject to any conditions or other contingencies related to the funding of such commitments, other than as set

27

forth in the Bought Deal Letter. Parent has fully paid any and all commitment and other fees payable on or prior to the date of this Agreement in connection with the Bought Deal Letter. As of the date of this Agreement, no event has occurred that (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) would constitute a breach or default under the Bought Deal Letter by Parent or, to the Knowledge of Buyer, any other party thereto under any term or condition of the Bought Deal Letter. To the Knowledge of the Buyer, assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties set forth in Article II hereof and the performance by Seller of its obligations hereunder, as of the date of this Agreement, Buyer does not have any reason to believe that any of the conditions set forth in the Bought Deal Letter will not be satisfied or the funding contemplated in the Bought Deal Letter will not be made available to Buyer in accordance with the terms of the Bought Deal.

(c)    At the Closing, the net proceeds of the Financing, together with unrestricted cash and/or cash equivalents available to Buyer, will be in amounts sufficient to enable each of Parent and Buyer to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the payment by Buyer of the Purchase Price, any guarantee by Parent hereunder, any fees and expenses payable by Buyer or Parent, and any other amounts required to be paid in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, it is not a condition to Closing under this Agreement, nor to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder, for Parent to obtain the Financing or any alternative financing.

Section 3.8    Limitations on Representations and Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties specifically set forth in this Article III and Section 9.8, neither Buyer nor any of its respective or its respective Affiliates' Representatives, nor any other Person, makes or shall be deemed to make or have made any representation or warranty to Seller, any of its or its Affiliates' Representatives or any other Person, express or implied, at law or in equity, with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Buyer hereby disclaims any such representation or warranty whether by Buyer or any of its respective or its respective Affiliates' Representatives or any other Person.

Section 3.9    No Reliance. Buyer acknowledges that it has conducted to its satisfaction an independent investigation of the financial condition, liabilities, results of operations and projected operations of the Companies and their Subsidiaries and the nature and condition of their respective properties and assets and the HFS Business and, in making the determination to proceed with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, has relied solely on the results of its own independent investigation and the representations and warranties of Seller expressly set forth in Article II. Except as expressly set forth in Article II, Buyer acknowledges that none of the Seller or its or its Affiliates' Representatives or any other Person has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy or completeness of any information regarding the Companies, their Subsidiaries or Seller. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer acknowledges that none of the Seller or its or its Affiliates' Representatives or any other Person has made a representation or warranty to Buyer with respect to (a) any projections, estimates, trends or budgets in respect of the HFS Business, the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries or the industries or geographic areas in which they operate or (b) any material, documents or information relating to any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries made available or disclosed to Buyer or its or its Affiliates' Representatives or any other Person in the Electronic Data Room or any information memorandum, management presentation, question and answer session or otherwise, except as expressly covered by a representation or warranty set forth in Article II.

28

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

Section 4.1    Conduct of Business by the Companies. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing through the Closing Date, except as expressly required by this Agreement, or as set forth in Section 4.1 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, or with the prior written consent of Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), Seller shall cause each of the Companies and the Companies' respective Subsidiaries to (x) carry on its business in the Ordinary Course of Business; (y) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve its present business organization and relationships; and (z) use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve intact its business, operations, assets, rights, franchises, goodwill and relations with existing Clients and others with whom it conducts business. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, but subject to Section 4.20 hereof, Seller may, on or prior to the Closing Date, (A) sweep, or cause to be swept, all funds from bank accounts maintained by any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries or (B) otherwise transfer, or cause to be transferred, from any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries all cash and cash equivalents generated by the Companies and their Subsidiaries. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall (i) give Buyer, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of the Companies or their Subsidiaries prior to the Closing or (ii) limit the ability of Seller to operate its businesses (other than the operations of the HFS Business which shall be conducted as required pursuant to the terms of this Agreement) subject to, in each case after the Closing, Sections 4.13 and 4.16. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and except as required by this Agreement or to comply with Applicable Laws or as expressly set forth in Section 4.1 of the Company Disclosure Schedule or consented to in writing by Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), during the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing through the Closing Date, none of the Companies shall, and Seller shall cause each of the Companies and the Companies' respective Subsidiaries to not, directly or indirectly:

(a)    (i) amend or agree to amend its certificates of incorporation (except pursuant to Section 4.15), bylaws or similar governing documents, (ii) merge with or into or consolidate with, or agree to merge with or into or consolidate with, any other Person, (iii) adjust, split, combine or reclassify any capital stock, (iv) grant any stock appreciation rights or grant to any individual, corporation or other entity any right to acquire any shares of its capital stock, (v) issue any additional shares of capital stock (except pursuant to Section 4.15) or (vi) enter into any agreement, understanding or arrangement with respect to the sale or voting of its capital stock;

(b)    Except as set forth in Section 4.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, incur any long-term Indebtedness, or incur any other Indebtedness for borrowed money, or guarantee the Indebtedness of other Persons, in each case except in the Ordinary Course of Business or with respect to capital leases in amounts not exceeding $100,000 individually or $250,000 in the aggregate;

(c)    sell, transfer, lease, offer to sell, abandon or make any other disposition of any of its assets except in the Ordinary Course of Business, or grant or suffer to exist, or agree to grant or suffer to exist, any Liens on any of its properties or assets (other than any Permitted Lien);

(d)    Except as set forth in Section 4.1(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, incur, assume or guarantee, or agree to incur, assume or guarantee, any material liability or obligation (whether or not currently due and payable) relating to its business or any of its assets except in the Ordinary Course of Business;

29

(e)    create, renew, amend, terminate or cancel any Material Contract, other than in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(f)    (i) increase in any material manner the rate or terms of compensation or benefits of any Company Employee whose annual cash compensation exceeds $150,000, (ii) enter into any employment agreements with annual compensation in excess of $150,000, change-in-control or severance agreement with any Company Employee or other service provider to the Companies, or (iii) except in the Ordinary Course of Business, enter into, adopt, amend or terminate any Company Plan, except in each case (A) to the extent required by Applicable Law, or (B) for retention agreements regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided that such retention payments are made by Seller at the Closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

(g)    enter into any lease of real property, except any renewals of existing leases (other than a lease with Seller or its Affiliates extending beyond the Closing) in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(h)    acquire any business or Person, by merger or consolidation, purchase of substantial assets or equity interests, or by any other manner, in a single transaction or a series of related transactions;

(i)    (i) except as otherwise required by Applicable Law or existing Company Plans, take any action with respect to the grant of any severance or termination pay (other than pursuant to policies or agreements applicable to the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries in effect on the date of this Agreement) which will become due and payable after the Closing Date; or (ii) make any change in the key management structure of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries, including the hiring of additional officers or the termination of existing officers, other than for cause or in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(j)    (i) incur any Taxes outside the Ordinary Course of Business; (ii) change a method of accounting for income Tax purposes, (iii) surrender any right to a Tax refund owing by any Taxing Authority, (iv) change an accounting period with respect to Taxes, (v) change or revoke any material election with respect to Taxes, or (vi) make any material election with respect to Taxes (except to the extent consistent with past practices and accounting methods);

(k)    except with respect to any combined, consolidated or unitary Tax Return that includes Seller or any of its Affiliates, (i) enter into any agreement with any Taxing Authority with respect to any Tax matter or (ii) file an amended Tax Return;

(l)    assign, transfer, license or sublicense, mortgage or encumber, abandon, permit to lapse, or otherwise dispose of, any material Intellectual Property owned by any of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries, except in the Ordinary Course of Business;

(m)    enter into any agreement that restricts the ability of the Companies to engage or compete in any line of business in any respect material to the business of any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries;

(n)    waive, settle or satisfy any material claim (which shall include, but not be limited to, any pending or threatened material action), other than in the Ordinary Course of Business or that otherwise do not exceed $200,000 in the aggregate (net of insurance recoveries);

30

(o)    make any change in financial accounting methods, principles or practices materially affecting the reported consolidated assets, liabilities or results of operations of any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries, except insofar as may have been required by a change in GAAP or Applicable Law;

(p)    write up, write down or write off the book value of any of its assets, other than (i) in the Ordinary Course of Business or (ii) as may be required by GAAP; or

(q)     authorize, resolve, commit or agree (by Contract or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing.

Section 4.2    Conduct of Business by Parent and Buyer. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing through the Closing Date, neither Parent nor its Subsidiaries shall take any action (including any merger or acquisition) that such Person knew or should have reasonably known would reasonably be expected to prevent the parties from obtaining any approval or authorization required under Regulatory Laws in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.3    Review of Business; Access to Information

(a)    During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing through the Closing Date, Seller shall cause the Companies to provide such access to Buyer and its employees and agents to information and data relating to the Companies, including the books and records of the Companies, and such other information, Contracts, Tax Returns, documents and properties of or relating to the Companies, their Subsidiaries or any of their employees, operations or personnel as is reasonably requested in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated in connection herewith, subject to compliance with Applicable Law. Such review shall occur only during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice by Buyer to Seller and the Companies and shall be conducted in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the operations of any of the Companies.

(b)    Subject to the preceding sentence, Seller shall cause each of the Companies to permit Buyer and its Representatives reasonable access to the facilities and employees of the Companies. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Companies, Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to provide access to or to disclose information where such access or disclosure would jeopardize the attorney-client privilege of it or its Affiliates or contravene any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree, fiduciary duty or agreement; the parties shall make appropriate substitute disclosure arrangements under circumstances in which the preceding restrictions apply. Subject to Applicable Law, for a period of 7 years from the Closing Date and so long as any such records are retained by Buyer or the Companies (which information, shall be retained by Buyer or the Company for a period of not less than 7 years from the Closing Date), Buyer shall cause the Companies to provide to Seller records relating to the Companies (solely for the period prior to Closing) solely to the extent reasonably necessary to enable Seller or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates to respond to any claim or objection made by Buyer hereunder, to prepare and audit its financial statements and Tax Returns, and to secure any information that it may require in connection with the audit of any Tax Return, or in connection with any potential or actual litigation or dispute in which it is involved or any inquiry or proceeding by a Governmental Authority; provided, however, that to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, Seller and its Subsidiaries shall be permitted, following the Closing, to retain copies of all records. Such access and review shall occur only during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice by Seller to Buyer and the Companies and shall be conducted in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the operations of any of the Companies

31

and the Buyer shall not be responsible or liable to the Seller or its Affiliates for or as a result of any accidental loss or destruction of or damage to any applicable records.

(c)    Subject to Applicable Law, for a period of 7 years from the Closing Date, with respect to any records in the possession of Seller or its Subsidiaries (other than the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries)pertaining to the provision of intercompany services to any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries in respect of the HFS Business prior to Closing (other than records transferred to the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries at Closing or through the Transition Services Agreement) (collectively, the “Intercompany Services Information”), and so long as any such records are retained by Seller or its Subsidiaries (which information, shall be retained by Seller or a Subsidiary of Seller for a period of not less than 7 years from the Closing Date), Seller shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, provide to Buyer the Intercompany Services Information solely to the extent reasonably necessary to enable Buyer, the Companies and the Companies' Subsidiaries to conduct the HFS Business after Closing or in connection with any potential or actual litigation or dispute in which they are involved or any inquiry or proceeding by a Governmental Authority; provided, however, that to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, Buyer, the Companies and the Companies' Subsidiaries shall be permitted, following the Closing, to retain copies of all such records. Such access and review shall occur only during normal business hours upon reasonable advance notice by Buyer to Seller and shall be conducted in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with the operations of any of Seller or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, and Seller shall not be responsible or liable to the Buyer, the Companies or the Companies Subsidiaries for or as a result of any accidental loss or destruction of or damage to any Intercompany Services Information; provided, however, that such access and review shall not include a direct interface with the electronic systems of the Seller or its Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Seller nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to provide access to or to disclose information where such access or disclosure would jeopardize the attorney-client privilege of it or its Affiliates or contravene any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, decree, fiduciary duty or agreement; the parties shall make appropriate substitute disclosure arrangements under circumstances in which the preceding restrictions apply.

Section 4.4    Confidentiality and Announcements.

(a)    The parties agree to be bound by and comply with the provisions set forth in the Confidentiality Agreement, the provisions of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and further agree that the Confidentiality Agreement shall terminate upon the Closing (other than with respect to any nonpublic information relating to Buyer, Parent, Seller or their respective Subsidiaries except for the Companies and their Subsidiaries). In addition, without limiting the foregoing, from the date hereof through the Closing, Buyer and Parent shall keep confidential and not use for its benefit or for the benefit of any other Person (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) any and all nonpublic information relating to any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, including the identity of and the mandates of Clients.

(b)    From and after the Closing, Seller shall keep confidential all material nonpublic information in its possession relating to the Buyer, Parent, any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries; provided, however, that Seller shall not be liable hereunder with respect to any disclosure to the extent such disclosure is required pursuant to legal process (including pursuant to the assertion of Seller's rights under this Agreement), regulatory process or request, or to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary for purposes of compliance by Seller or its Affiliates with Tax or regulatory reporting requirements, provided, however, that in the event of any disclosure pursuant to legal process (other than disputes arising out of this Agreement) Seller exercises its commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the material nonpublic information disclosed, including by cooperating with Buyer to

32

permit Buyer to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the nonpublic information required to be disclosed. The parties agree that the term “material nonpublic information” as used in this Section 4.4 does not include any information that: (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of disclosure directly or indirectly by a party or a party's representative in violation of this Agreement; (ii) is or becomes available to a party or a party's representative on a non-confidential basis from a source other than, in the case of the Seller, the Buyer, Parent or any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and in the case of the Buyer, Parent or any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, the Seller, unless the such party knows after reasonable inquiry that such source is prohibited from disclosing the information by a contractual, fiduciary or other legal obligation; or (iii) the disclosing party can show was independently acquired or developed by or for it or its representatives without the use of material nonpublic information of, in the case of the Seller, the Buyer, Parent or any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and in the case of the Buyer, Parent or any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, the Seller. For the avoidance of doubt, Seller and Buyer acknowledge and agree that (A) Seller and its Affiliates on the one hand, and Buyer and its Affiliates on the other hand, may possess information regarding certain clients and customers that would concurrently be material nonpublic information of the other; and (B) the use of such material non-public information contemplated in (A) in the operation of a party's respective business shall not be in breach of the provisions of this Section 4.4.

(c)    From and after the Closing, each of Buyer and Parent shall keep confidential all material non-public information in its possession relating to Seller and its Affiliates other than such information relating to the Companies and their Subsidiaries; provided, however, that neither Buyer nor Parent shall be liable hereunder with respect to any disclosure to the extent such disclosure is required pursuant to legal process (including pursuant to the assertion of Buyer's rights under this Agreement) or regulatory process or request, or to the extent such disclosure is reasonably necessary for purposes of compliance by Seller or its Affiliates with Tax or regulatory reporting requirements, provided, however that in the event of any disclosure pursuant to legal process (other than disputes arising out of this Agreement) Buyer or Parent, as applicable, exercises its commercially reasonable efforts to preserve the confidentiality of the material nonpublic information disclosed, including by cooperating with Seller to permit Seller to obtain an appropriate protective order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded the nonpublic information required to be disclosed.

(d)    Seller and Buyer shall consult with each other as to the form, substance and timing of any press release or other public disclosure related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no such press release or other public disclosure shall be made without the written consent or approval of the other party, which consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided, however, that (i) either party may make such disclosure to the extent required by Applicable Law, based on advice of counsel, after making reasonable efforts under the circumstances to consult with the other with respect to the timing and content thereof prior to such disclosure and (ii) either party may make any disclosure related to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby without the prior written consent or approval of the other party to the extent the information contained in such disclosure has been previously approved in accordance with this Section 4.4(d) or is otherwise permitted by an exception provided in Section 4.4(b). Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.4 to the contrary, nothing in this Section 4.4 shall prevent Buyer, Parent or Seller or their respective Affiliates from undertaking confidential communications on a need to know basis with their respective lenders, security holders, customers, suppliers or employees

33

Section 4.5    Regulatory Matters.

(a)    Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Parent and Buyer shall use their respective reasonable best efforts, and Seller shall cause each of the Companies and the Companies' respective Subsidiaries to use their reasonable best efforts, to promptly take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under this Agreement and Applicable Laws and regulations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as soon as practicable after the date hereof, including (i) preparing as promptly as practicable all necessary applications, notices, petitions, filings, ruling requests, and other documents and to obtain as promptly as practicable all consents, waivers, licenses, orders, registrations, approvals, Permits, rulings, authorizations, clearances, and expirations or terminations of waiting periods necessary or advisable to be obtained from any third party and/or any Governmental Authority in order to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (collectively, the “Required Approvals”), and (ii) promptly taking all actions as may be necessary to obtain all such Required Approvals; provided that, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, nothing contained herein shall be deemed to require any party hereto to take any action, or commit to take any action, or agree to any condition or restriction, in connection with obtaining the Required Approvals, that would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, and to the extent such action has not been previously taken prior to the date hereof, each such party hereto agrees (A) to make an appropriate and complete filing of a Notification and Report Form pursuant to the HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby within ten (10) Business Days of the date of this Agreement, (B) to make all other required filings pursuant to other Applicable Laws with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby as promptly as practicable and (C) not to extend any waiting period under the HSR Act or any other Regulatory Law, or enter into any agreement with the FTC, the DOJ or any other Governmental Authority not to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the other parties hereto (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). Parent and Buyer shall, and Seller shall cause each of the Companies and the Companies' respective Subsidiaries to, supply as promptly as practicable any additional information or documentary material that may be requested pursuant to the HSR Act or any other Applicable Law and use its best efforts to take all other actions necessary, proper or advisable to cause the expiration or termination of the applicable waiting periods under the HSR Act and any other Applicable Law as soon as possible.

(b)    Each of Parent and Buyer, on the one hand, and Seller and the Companies, on the other hand, shall, in connection with the actions referenced in Section 4.5(a) to obtain all Required Approvals for the transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the HSR Act or any other Applicable Law, (i) cooperate in all respects with each other in connection with any communication, filing or submission and in connection with any investigation or other inquiry, including any proceeding initiated by a private party; (ii) keep the other party and/or its counsel informed of, and, in the case of written materials, furnish the other party and/or its counsel with copies of, any communication received by such party from, or given by such party to, the FTC, the DOJ or any other United States or other Governmental Authority and of any communication received or given in connection with any proceeding by a private party, in each case regarding any of the transactions contemplated hereby; and (iii) permit the other party and/or its counsel to review in advance any submission, filing or communication (and documents submitted therewith) intended to be given by it to, and consult with each other in advance of any meeting or conference (including any telephonic conference) with, the FTC, the DOJ or any other Governmental Authority or, in connection with any proceeding by a private party, with any other Person, and to the extent permitted by the FTC, the DOJ or such other Governmental Authority or other Person, give the other party and its counsel the opportunity to attend and participate in any such meetings and

34

conferences. Parent, Buyer and Seller may, as each deems advisable and necessary, reasonably designate any competitively sensitive material to be provided to the other under this Section 4.5(b) as “Outside Counsel Only Material.” Such materials and the information contained therein shall be given only to the outside counsel of the recipient and will not be disclosed by such outside counsel to employees, officers or directors of the recipient unless express permission is obtained in advance from the source of the materials (Parent, Buyer, Seller, or the applicable Harland Subsidiary, as the case may be) or its legal counsel.

(c)    Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4.5(a), each of Parent and Buyer shall, and Seller shall cause the Companies to, take, or cause to be taken, all actions necessary to (i) avoid the entry of, or to have vacated, lifted, reversed or overturned any decree, judgment, injunction or other order, whether temporary, preliminary or permanent, that would restrain, prevent the Closing or delay the Closing beyond the Termination Date, including defending through litigation on the merits and through appeals any claim asserted in any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by the FTC, the DOJ or any other applicable Governmental Authority or any private party; and (ii) resolve such objections, if any, as the FTC, the DOJ, state antitrust enforcement authorities or competition authorities of any other nation or other jurisdiction or any other Person may assert under any Applicable Law with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and to avoid or eliminate each and every impediment under any Applicable Law so as to enable the Closing to occur as soon as possible (and in any event no later than the Termination Date), including, without limitation, (x) proposing, negotiating, committing to and effecting, by consent decree, hold separate order, or otherwise, the sale, divestiture, licensing or disposition of such businesses, product lines or assets of Parent, Buyer, the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries and (y) otherwise taking or committing to take actions that after the Closing would limit Buyer's and/or its Subsidiaries' freedom of action with respect to, or its or their ability to operate and/or retain, one or more of the businesses, product lines or assets of Buyer, the Companies and/or their respective Subsidiaries, in each case as may be required in order to obtain the Required Approvals prior to the Termination Date, to effect the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article V of this Agreement prior to the Termination Date or to avoid the entry of, or to effect the dissolution of, any injunction, temporary restraining order, or other order in any suit or proceeding, that would otherwise have the effect of preventing the Closing or delaying the Closing beyond the Termination Date; provided, however, that any such agreement or action by the Companies or their Subsidiaries taken pursuant to this Section 4.5 is conditioned upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, further, that in no event shall any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.5 require Seller to take any action that could limit, impede, impact or restrict the ability of Seller to operate its businesses other than the HFS Business in any manner whatsoever (including through a divestiture of all or any portion of such businesses) or require Seller to take any action or incur any obligation that would require the expenditure of funds by Seller or the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries.

Section 4.6    Notification of Certain Matters Each party to this Agreement shall give prompt notice to the other parties hereto, to the extent Known by such party, of (a) any event or existence of any condition that has caused or would reasonably be expected to cause any of its representations or warranties contained in this Agreement to be untrue or inaccurate in any material respect at any time after the date of this Agreement, (b) the occurrence of any matter or event that would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect or a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, (c) any failure on its part to comply with or satisfy, in any material respect, any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it under this Agreement, (d) any material notice or other material communication from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and (e) any lawsuit, action or proceeding pending or, to the applicable party's Knowledge, threatened against the party or the parties relating to the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, that no such notification shall affect the

35

representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the parties (or remedies with respect thereto) or the conditions to the obligations of the parties under this Agreement or otherwise affect any right or remedy of a party under this Agreement; provided, further, that a breach of this Section 4.6 shall not be considered for purposes of determining the satisfaction of the closing conditions set forth in Article V or give rise to a right of termination under Article VI or a right to indemnification under Article VIII if the underlying breach or breaches with respect to which the other party failed to give notice would not result in the failure to satisfy the closing conditions set forth in Article V or would not result in the ability of such non-breaching party to terminate this Agreement or to obtain indemnification, as the case may be.

Section 4.7    Expenses. Except as expressly set forth herein, each of Seller and Buyer shall bear its own costs and expenses incurred in connection with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; provided, however, that any filing fees with respect to compliance with the HSR Act and other Regulatory Laws shall be borne by Buyer.

Section 4.8    Further Assurances. Subject to the other terms of this Agreement, each party to this Agreement shall, and the Seller shall cause its Subsidiaries to, at the request of another party to this Agreement, at any time and from time to time following the Closing Date, execute and deliver to the requesting party such further instruments as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order more effectively to confirm or carry out the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 4.9    Employee Benefits.

(a)    From and after the Closing, the Companies shall retain responsibility for, or to the extent applicable, shall assume, each Company Plan and shall honor each Company Plan in accordance with its terms as in effect immediately before the Closing, provided that nothing herein shall limit the right of the Companies or Buyer, subject to their obligations hereunder, from amending or terminating such plans, arrangements and agreements in accordance with their terms. For the avoidance of doubt, the aggregate incentive bonus amounts payable by Buyer to each Company Employee for the fiscal year in which Closing occurs (excluding any one time retention payments made by Seller in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder, which shall be paid in accordance with the procedures set forth in Section 4.9(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule) shall be equal to the incentive bonus such Company Employee would be eligible to receive based on actual performance for such fiscal year, determined as if such employee had remained employed by the Seller for the entire year. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer shall assume the Company's 2011-2013 Supplemental Incentive Plan (the “SIP”) and Buyer shall pay to each Company Employee that participates in the SIP no less than the amounts that such Company Employee would receive under the terms of such plan had such Company Employee remained employed by the Seller or an affiliate through the end of 2013. The bonus and incentive payments for the individual set forth in Section 4.9(a)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be as set forth in Section 4.9(a)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule. Seller shall be responsible for providing COBRA coverage with respect to individuals, if any, that are or become “M&A Qualified Beneficiaries” (as defined in the COBRA Regulations) with respect to the Transaction and for any other post-employment life insurance, death or medical benefits set forth in Section 2.17 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, except as required under COBRA with respect to Company Employees whose qualifying event occurs after Closing.

(b)    Upon the Closing Date, without any action by a Company Employee, Seller or Buyer, each Company Employee who is actively employed shall continue to be an employee of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries. Any Company Employee that is on leave or short-term disability or long-term disability that returns to active employment within 180 days post-Closing (or in the

36

case of employees in Ireland, Israel or India, such greater period as required by law) shall continue to be an employee of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries. Except as provided in the Transition Services Agreement, during the period from the Closing Date until the first anniversary thereof (the “Benefit Continuation Period”),Buyer and its Affiliates shall provide each such active Company Employee with compensation and benefits (including annual bonus) that are substantially comparable in the aggregate to the compensation and benefits provided by Seller and its Subsidiaries immediately prior to the Closing Date (excluding any defined benefit pension, non-qualified deferred compensation, equity and long-term incentive compensation, and any post-retirement medical or life insurance) and shall offer severance consistent with Seller's practices, except to the extent such Seller's practices exceed or are inconsistent with market practices, in which case they may be reasonably modified by Buyer during the Benefit Continuation Period to a level consistent with market practices.

(c)    For purposes of vesting and eligibility to participate under the employee benefit plans of Buyer and its Subsidiaries providing benefits to any Company Employees after the Closing (the “New Plans”), each Company Employee shall be credited with his or her years of service with the Companies and their predecessors before the Closing, except as would result in a duplication of benefits. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (A) the Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each active Company Employee to be immediately eligible to participate, without any waiting time, in any and all New Plans to the extent coverage under such New Plan is comparable to that under a Plan in which such Company Employee participated immediately before the Closing (such plans, collectively, the “Old Plans”) and (B) for purposes of each New Plan providing medical, dental, pharmaceutical and/or vision benefits to any active Company Employee, the Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all preexisting condition exclusions of such New Plan to be waived for such employee and his or her covered dependents, unless such conditions were not waived under the comparable plans of the Companies or their Subsidiaries prior to the Closing and Buyer shall cause any eligible expenses incurred by such employee and his or her covered dependents during the portion of the plan year of the Old Plan ending on the date such employee's participation in the corresponding New Plan begins to be taken into account under such New Plan as if such amounts had been paid for purposes of satisfying all deductible, coinsurance and maximum out-of-pocket requirements applicable to such employee and his or her covered dependents.

(d)    As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, Seller shall take all necessary and legally permissible actions in order to cause the U.S. tax qualified defined contribution retirement plan of Seller in which Company Employees participate (the “Seller Retirement Plan”) to transfer, through a direct trust to trust transfer, the account balances thereunder for each Company Employee to a U.S. tax qualified defined contribution retirement plan maintained by Buyer and its Affiliates (the “Buyer Retirement Plan”). Buyer and its Affiliates agree to take all necessary and legally permissible actions in order to cause the Buyer Retirement Plan to accept a transfer through a direct trust to trust transfer from the Seller Retirement Plan of the account balances (including any outstanding loan balances) of all Company Employees on or as soon as practicable after the Closing Date. Seller and Buyer agree to cooperate in good faith and to provide each other with such records and other information as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out their respective obligations under this Section 4.9(d).

(e)    Buyer will assume all Liabilities in respect of paid time off days of Company Employees that are accrued and unused as of the Closing Date (including liabilities in respect of any payment in settlement of such earned but unused paid time off days).

(f)    Seller and Buyer shall take all actions necessary or appropriate so that, effective as of the Closing Date, (i) the account balances (whether positive or negative) under the flexible spending

37

component of the Harland Clarke Corp. Welfare Benefit Plan (“Seller's Flex Plan”) of the Company Employees who are participants in Seller's Flex Plan (the “FSA Covered Employees”) shall be transferred to one or more comparable plans of Buyer (collectively, the “Buyer's Flex Plan”); (ii) the elections, contribution levels and coverage levels of the FSA Covered Employees shall apply under Buyer's Flex Plan in the same manner as under Seller's Flex Plan; and (iii) the FSA Covered Employees shall be reimbursed from Buyer's Flex Plan for claims incurred at any time during the plan year of Seller's Flex Plan in which the Closing Date occurs submitted to Buyer's Flex Plan from and after the Closing Date on the same basis and the same terms and conditions as under Seller's Flex Plan. As soon as practicable following the Closing Date, Seller shall transfer to Buyer, or Buyer shall transfer to Seller, as applicable, those amounts which represent the aggregate debit or credit balance of the FSA Covered Employees under Seller's Flex Plan.

(g)    Prior to the Closing, Seller shall be permitted to adopt a stand-alone Benefits Equalization Plan for Company Employees (“BEP”) which shall mirror the Seller's Benefits Equalization Plan and, for the avoidance of doubt, Company Employees shall no longer participate or have any balances in the Seller's Benefit Equalization Plan. Effective as of the Closing, Seller shall terminate the BEP pursuant to Treasury Regulation 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)(B) and Seller will pay out the BEP vested balances to Company Employees within 30 days after the Closing.

(h)    Nothing in this Section 4.9, express or implied, shall be construed or interpreted to amend any employee benefit plan or to confer upon any individual, including any employee or former employee, any right, benefit or remedy of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, this Section 4.9 does not amend any provisions of any Company Plan or any other employee benefit plan, program or arrangement sponsored by, contributed to or maintained by Seller, Buyer or any of their Affiliates.

Section 4.10    Third-Party Proposals. The Seller shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or their respective Representatives to, directly or indirectly, (i) negotiate, undertake, authorize, recommend, propose or enter into, either as the proposed surviving, merged, acquiring or acquired corporation, any transaction involving a merger, consolidation, business combination, purchase or disposition of any amount of the assets of the Companies (other than the sale of assets in the Ordinary Course of Business) or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any equity interests of any of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries other than the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (an “Acquisition Proposal”), (ii) knowingly encourage, solicit or initiate discussions, negotiations or submissions of proposals or offers in respect of an Acquisition Proposal, (iii) furnish or cause to be furnished, to any Person, any non-public information concerning the business, operations, properties or assets of any of the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries in connection with an Acquisition Proposal, or (iv) otherwise knowingly cooperate in any way with, or assist or participate in, or encourage, any effort or attempt by any other Person to do or seek any of the foregoing. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing through the Closing Date or the earlier termination of this Agreement, the Seller shall promptly notify Buyer orally and in writing if any Person submits any written Acquisition Proposal.

Section 4.11    Consents and Approvals. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing through the Closing Date or the earlier termination of this Agreement, the Seller shall, and the Seller shall cause each of the Companies and the Companies' respective Subsidiaries to, cooperate and use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain or cause to be obtained, prior to Closing, all consents, approvals and waivers (including landlord consents and estoppel certificates with respect to each of the Leases) that may be required pursuant to any agreement set forth in Section 2.5 of the Company

38

Disclosure Schedule. Such consents, approvals and waivers that involve changing the terms of any Contract will be upon such terms as are acceptable to the Buyer, acting reasonably.

Section 4.12    Efforts of Parties to Close. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing through the Closing Date, each party hereto agrees to use reasonable best efforts (or other applicable standard set forth herein) to fulfill or obtain the fulfillment of the conditions precedent to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as promptly as practicable, including the execution and delivery of any documents, certificates, instruments or other papers that are reasonably required for the consummation of such transactions. During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing through the Closing Date, except as required by Applicable Law or with the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement, no party to this Agreement shall take any action or fail to take any action within its reasonable control intended or reasonably expected to (x) result in any conditions to the Closing set forth in Article V not being satisfied, (y) result in a violation of any provision of this Agreement in any material respect or (z) adversely affect or materially delay the receipt of any of the Required Approvals. The provisions of this Section 4.12 shall be in addition to, and not in substitution for, any other covenants in this Agreement, but shall not supersede the limitations set forth in Section 4.5(a).

Section 4.13    Non-Hire of Employees. Each of MFH and Seller agrees that, for a period of twenty-four months from the Closing Date, without the written consent of Buyer, it will not, and will not (x) permit (A) its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates who are not Public Companies, or (B) the officers, directors or employees of it or its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates who are not Public Companies, and (y) cause (A) its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates who are Public Companies, or (B) the officers, directors or employees of its Subsidiaries or controlled Affiliates who are Public Companies, to, in each case, on its own behalf or on behalf of any other Person: (i) employ, offer employment to or solicit the employment of or otherwise entice away from the employment of any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries, any individual who has the title of Director (or equivalent) or a title which is senior to Director and who is employed by any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries as of immediately prior to the Closing; (ii) employ, offer employment to or solicit the employment of any individual who has the title of Director (or equivalent) or a title which is senior to Director and who has resigned from any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries within six (6) months prior to such employment, offer of employment, solicitation or engagement; or (iii) procure or assist any Person to employ, offer employment or solicit the employment of or otherwise entice away from the employment of any of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries any such individual. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained herein shall (a) apply to the hiring of any person who responds to general solicitations through media advertisements or to the hiring of any person through employment search firms in the Ordinary Course of Business that are not specifically targeted at such employees, or (b) prohibit the hiring of any person who at the time of such hiring has not been an employee of any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries for at least six (6) months. For the purpose of this Section 4.13, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with,”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to legally direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Section 4.14    Termination of Intercompany Agreements. Except as set forth in Section 4.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.1, Seller shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, and cause the Companies and their Subsidiaries to, immediately prior to the Closing, (i) settle all Tax accounts of the Companies and their Subsidiaries with Seller and (ii) execute and deliver such releases, termination agreements and discharges as are necessary to terminate, to the extent relating to the Companies and their Subsidiaries, all Contracts among Seller or

39

any of its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, on the other hand. For the avoidance of doubt, termination of such agreements shall not terminate any payable or receivable to the extent already accrued or accruable as of the Closing.

Section 4.15    Assumption of Certain Obligations and Intercompany Indebtedness. Prior to or simultaneously with the Closing, Seller shall (a) cause Harland USA and its Subsidiaries to be released from their obligations under the Harland USA Third Party Debt, including, for greater certainty, any accrued and unpaid interest related thereto, such that Harland USA and its Subsidiaries shall have no further obligations in respect thereof and all liens or security interests securing the Harland USA Third Party Debt on the assets of Harland USA or its Subsidiaries or the Harland USA Common Stock to be released, and (b) take any action necessary, and cause the Companies to take any action necessary, to ensure that, as of the Closing, none of the Companies or their Subsidiaries have any outstanding obligations or liabilities associated with or in respect of any Intercompany Indebtedness including, for greater certainty, any accrued and unpaid interest related thereto (and Seller and its Affiliates shall be entitled to take necessary actions in connection therewith, including amending the governing documents of the Companies).

Section 4.16    Non-competition.

(a)    During the period from the Closing Date and continuing through and ending on December 31, 2016, except as permitted by this Section 4.16 or as set forth in Section 4.16(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, each of MFH and Seller shall not, and (x) shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries who are not Public Companies not to, and (y) shall not cause or directly assist each of their respective Subsidiaries who are Public Companies to, in each case, without the prior written consent of Buyer, on their own behalf or on behalf of any Person, operate, carry on or be engaged in any business that is in competition (including as a principal, joint venturer, partner, shareholder or equityholder) with the Covered HFS Business (“Competitive Activities”). This Section 4.16(a) shall cease to apply to any Person at such time as such Person is no longer a Subsidiary of MFH or Seller.

(b)    Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4.16, and without implicitly agreeing that the following activities would be subject to the provisions of Section 4.16(a), nothing in this Agreement shall preclude, prohibit or restrict MFH, Seller or any of their respective Subsidiaries or its Affiliates from (i) acquiring, owning or holding up to 10% of the issued and outstanding voting securities of, or any other interest in, any entity; (ii) acquiring interests in or voting securities of any Person that derived 30% or less of its total annual revenues in its most recent fiscal year from Competitive Activities; or (iii) performing any act or conducting any business (A) contemplated by this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder or (B) performed or conducted as of the date of this Agreement by MFH, Seller or any of their respective Affiliates or Subsidiaries other than the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries.

(c)    Each of MFH and Seller expressly acknowledge that the terms and conditions of this Section 4.16 are reasonable and valid in all respects and irrevocably waive (and irrevocably agree not to raise) as a defense any issue of reasonableness (including the reasonableness of the geographical area or the duration and scope of this Section 4.16) in any proceeding to enforce any provision of this Agreement, the intention of the Parties being to provide for the legitimate and reasonable protection of the interests of the Buyer. The parties further agree that a court of competent jurisdiction shall be allowed to revise the restrictions contained herein so that such restrictions are permitted by and enforceable under Applicable Law.

40

(d)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the restricted periods set forth in this Section 4.16 shall be extended with respect to any breaching party for a period equal to any time period that such breaching party is in violation of Section 4.16 to the extent such violation is proven by a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(e)    For the purpose of this Section 4.16, the term “control” (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with,”) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to legally direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

Section 4.17    Insurance. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that all insurance coverage for the Companies, their Subsidiaries and the HFS Business under policies of Seller and its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries and other than as set forth in Section 4.18(b)) shall terminate as of the Closing and no claims may be brought thereunder by Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including the Companies and their Subsidiaries) from and after the Closing for losses that occur after the Closing. The Companies and their Subsidiaries may bring claims under such policies that are occurrence-based policies for losses that occur prior to the Closing if permitted under such policies, provided that such claims shall be at Buyer's or its Subsidiaries' sole cost and expense (including any applicable retentions or deductibles, posting of collateral, payment of audit premiums and loss funding in connection with such claims).

Section 4.18    Officer and Director Indemnification and Insurance.

(a)    Except as required by Applicable Law or as set forth in Section 4.18(a) the Company Disclosure Schedule, for a period of six years after the Closing Date, Buyer shall not, and shall not permit the Companies or their respective Subsidiaries (as of the date of Closing) to, amend, repeal or modify any provision providing for rights to indemnification and exculpation from liability for acts or omissions occurring on or prior to the Closing Date now existing in favor of the current or former directors, officers or employees of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries contained in the respective certificates of incorporation or by-laws (or comparable organizational or governing documents) of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries or in any indemnification agreements (correct and complete copies of which were provided to Buyer prior to the date hereof), in each case in effect as of the Closing Date; provided that if any claims are made or asserted within such six year period, all rights in respect of any such claims shall continue until the full disposition of any and all such claims.

(b)    On or prior to the Closing Date, except as set forth in Section 4.18(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Seller shall provide for a non-cancelable run-off insurance policy, for a period of six years after the Closing Date to provide insurance coverage for events, acts or omissions occurring on or prior to the Closing Date for all persons who were directors or officers of the applicable Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date and covered by the Companies' existing directors and officers insurance policy.

Section 4.19    Restrictions on Use of Seller's and Companies' Names.

(a)    On and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall not, and shall not assist others to, in any way adopt, use, seek to use, apply to register or register the Seller Names or the Transition Names on or in connection with any product, service, corporate name, trademark, trade name, domain name, service mark or service name. In no event shall Buyer use any such Seller Name or Transition Name after the Closing in any manner likely to cause confusion, or to cause mistake or to deceive as to the affiliation, connection,

41

or association of Buyer or any of its Affiliates, or as to the origin, sponsorship, or approval of such products or services. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the period from the Closing Date and continuing through and ending on December 31, 2014 (the “License Term”), MFH and Seller hereby grant to Buyer, Parent and their respective Affiliates and each of the Buyer and Parent hereby accept (on their own behalf an on behalf of their respective Affiliates), the limited, exclusive, royalty-free, non-transferable, non-sublicensable right and license to use the Transition Names solely in connection with the operation of the HFS Business (and subject at all times to Seller's right to exercise quality control with respect to the use of the Transition Names) (x) in the course of transitioning from the Transition Names as used in connection with the HFS Business, including with respect to sales, marketing, advertising, employee communications, supplier communications, regulatory and governmental communications and client communications, and (y) in the process of exhausting the inventory of printed purchase orders, sales invoices, marketing materials, stationery, printed forms, other documents and office and shipping supplies, and other products, equipment, and items bearing the Transition Names in the Buyer's possession as of the Closing Date (the “Transition Materials”), subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(b)    Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cease use of the Transition Names as soon as reasonably practicable prior to the expiration of the License Term. Upon the expiration of the License Term, Buyer shall (i) promptly destroy all Transition Materials in its possession or control and all templates used for generating the same; (ii) remove the Transition Names from all products, letterhead, stationary, business cards, signage, technical information and other materials in the possession or control of Buyer or its Affiliates; and (iii) make all filings with any Governmental Authority or other body and take all other actions necessary to eliminate any use of the Transition Names (and anything confusingly similar to the Transition Names or Seller Names) from the corporate names, registered names or registered fictitious names of the Companies and their Affiliates.

(c)    Buyer, for itself and its Affiliates, acknowledges and agrees that neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall have any rights in any of the Seller Names and Transition Names except for those rights granted in Section 4.19(a), and neither Buyer nor any of its Affiliates shall contest the ownership or validity of any rights of Seller or any of its Affiliates in or to any of the Seller Names or Transition Names. Buyer acknowledges and agrees that any and all goodwill arising from Buyer's use of the Transition Names shall inure solely to the benefit of Seller.

(d)    Nothing contained in this Section 4.19 shall be deemed to limit or prohibit Buyer's right to use the “HFS” name (independent of the Seller Names and Transition Names) in connection with the HFS Business.

(e)    After the Closing Date, neither MFH or Seller shall, nor shall they assist others to, in any way adopt, use, seek to use, apply to register or register the names “HFS, “Harland Financial” or “Harland Financial Solutions”, each in its entirety, either alone or in combination with other words, marks, trade dress, logos, monograms or domain names embodying any of the foregoing either alone or in combination with any other words on or in connection with any product, service, corporate name, trademark, trade name, domain name, service mark or service name. In furtherance of the foregoing, in no event shall MFH or Seller or any of their respective controlled Affiliates use “HFS”, “Harland Financial” or “Harland Financial Solutions”, each in its entirety, or any words, marks, trade dress, logos, monograms or domain names embodying any of the foregoing either alone or in combination with any other words in any manner likely to cause confusion, or to cause mistake or to deceive as to the affiliation, connection, or association to MFH, Seller or any of their respective Affiliates, or as to the origin, sponsorship, or approval of such products or services. After the Closing Date, neither MFH or Seller shall, or permit their respective controlled Affiliates to, use the names set forth in Section 4.19(e) of the

42

Company Disclosure Letter in the manner used by the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries in connection with any business that is the same or substantially the same as the HFS Business as of the date hereof; provided, that neither MFH or Seller shall be restricted from using the names set forth in Section 4.19(e) of the Company Disclosure Letter with respect to the branding of its or its Affiliates products that do not relate to the HFS Business or to the extent such name is used by such parties as of the date hereof.

(f)    Promptly following the Closing Date, Seller and MFH shall and shall cause their respective controlled Affiliates to (A) remove the names “HFS”, “Harland Financial” and “Harland Financial Solutions”, each in its entirety, from all products, letterhead, stationary, business cards, signage, technical information and other materials in the possession or control of Seller or its controlled Affiliates, in each case, other than for archival, record-keeping and similar purposes; and (B) eliminate any use of the names “HFS”, “Harland Financial” and “Harland Financial Solutions”, each in its entirety, from the corporate names, registered names or registered fictitious names of the Seller, MFH and their respective controlled Affiliates. Additionally, from and after the Closing, neither Seller or MFH shall, nor shall they permit any of their respective controlled Affiliates or authorize any other Person to, use any of the Transition Names as a mark, including as a company name or d/b/a, in any of their literature, sales materials or in connection with the sales or marketing of any products or services (in each case, excluding any books, literature or other material in existence prior to the Closing Date); provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 4.19 shall in any way limit or impair the rights of Seller and its Affiliates in or to the Seller Names.

Section 4.20    Closing Cash Balance Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer agrees that Seller shall be permitted to cause, and Seller shall use reasonable best efforts to cause, all cash and cash equivalents held by any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries as of the Closing to be transferred to Seller or one or more of its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) prior to the Closing; provided, however, that Seller shall not transfer any of the cash and cash equivalents set forth in Section 4.20(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule. Buyer agrees that if any cash or cash equivalents (other than the cash and cash equivalents set forth on Section 4.20(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule) held by the Companies or their Subsidiaries as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Closing Date is not transferred to Seller prior to 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Closing Date, then such cash and cash equivalents, which shall be property of Seller, shall be promptly transferred to one or more bank accounts designated by Seller following Closing net of any expenses associated with such transfer, subject to compliance with Applicable Laws.

Section 4.21    Financing. Parent and Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and do, or cause to be done, all things that are within Parent, Buyer's or Borrowers' control, as the case may be, necessary to obtain the net proceeds of (x) the Debt Financing on or prior to the Termination Date on the terms and subject to the conditions contemplated by the Debt Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter and (y) the Equity Financing on or prior to the Termination Date on the terms and subject to the conditions contemplated by the Bought Deal Letter. Parent and Buyer shall each use commercially reasonable efforts to cause Buyer or the Borrowers, as the case may be, to: (i) satisfy on a timely basis all conditions precedent to the Financing that are within Parent, Buyer's or Borrowers' control, as the case may be, including the payment of any commitment, engagement or placement fees required as a condition to the Debt Financing, the Fee Letter or Equity Financing and the filing of the press release and preliminary prospectus with respect to the Equity Financing on the respective dates contemplated in the Bought Deal Letter; (ii) negotiate and enter into definitive agreements with respect to the Debt Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter on terms and conditions no less favorable to the Borrowers than those contained in the Debt Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter; (iii) obtain the Financing at or prior to Closing, in the event that the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 and

43

Section 5.2 have been satisfied or, upon funding, would be satisfied; (iv) in the event all conditions applicable to the Debt Commitment Letter (including any definitive agreement related thereto) and the Fee Letter have been satisfied, cause the Lenders to fund the Debt Financing required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as soon as practicable (including by enforcement action to cause the Persons providing the Debt Financing to fund such Debt Financing, including by diligently and in good faith analyzing potential litigation claims and initiating and diligently pursuing all valid claims necessary for such enforcement) and (v) in the event all conditions applicable to the Bought Deal Letter have been satisfied, cause the Equity Underwriters to fund the Equity Financing required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement as soon as practicable (including by taking enforcement action to cause the Persons providing the Equity Financing to fund such Equity Financing, including by diligently and in good faith analyzing potential litigation claims and initiating and diligently pursuing all valid claims necessary for such enforcement). Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, Buyer shall not, and Parent shall not permit any Borrowers to, amend, vary, terminate, rescind or cancel the Debt Commitment Letter (including any definitive agreement related thereto), the Fee Letter or Bought Deal Letter or waive any provision thereof or enter into any side letters in connection therewith (other than the Fee Letter) except (i) as would not adversely impact or delay in any material respect the ability of Buyer or any Borrower, as the case maybe, to consummate, as applicable, the Debt Financing or the Equity Financingand (ii) so long as Seller is notified and provided with a copy of any documentation related thereto. For greater certainty, an exercise of the “market flex” provisions by the Lender as contemplated by the Fee Letter shall not be deemed to violate the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.21. Parent and Buyer shall keep the Seller reasonably informed upon reasonable request of the Seller with respect to all material activity concerning the status of the Financing. The parties agree that there shall be no breach of this Section 4.21 in relation to the failure of the Parent or Buyer to consummate the Equity Financing so long as the net proceeds of the Debt Financing, together with unrestricted cash and/or cash equivalents available to Buyer, will be in amounts sufficient to enable each of Parent and Buyer to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, including the payment by Buyer of the Purchase Price, any guarantee by Parent hereunder, any fees and expenses payable by Buyer or Parent, and any other amounts required to be paid in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

Section 4.22    Cooperation with Financing.

(a)    Seller agrees to provide and shall cause each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries to use their commercially reasonableefforts to cause their respective employees and auditors to provide such cooperation and assistance with the Financing as is reasonably requested, from time to time, by Parent or Buyer. Such assistance shall include the following: (i) participation by senior management of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries in, and assistance with, a reasonable number of meetings, road shows, prospectus drafting sessions, presentations and due diligence sessions in connection with the underwriting of the Equity Financing and the Debt Financing; (ii) timely delivery to Buyer and its financing sources of the Financing Information and cooperation with Buyer and Parent, and use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the auditors of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries to cooperate with Buyer and Parent with respect to the preparation of the requisite pro-forma financial statements required in connection with the filing of the preliminary and final prospectus in relation to the Equity Financing (iii) using commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Companies' independent auditors to participate in due diligence sessions; (iv) assisting the Parent and its Affiliates and their financing sources in the preparation of (A) offering documents for any portion of the Financing, and (B) (v) cooperating with the marketing efforts of the Parent and its Affiliates and their financing sources for any of the Financing, (vi) providing and executing customary closing documents (which shall be effective upon the Closing) as may be reasonably requested by Parent and its Affiliates, including, as

44

required, a certificate of the chief financial officer of each of the Seller and the Companies with respect to solvency matters, (vii) executing and delivering any pledge and security documents and otherwise facilitating the pledging of collateral, in each case, solely to the extent any such pledge becomes effective upon the Closing, (viii) arranging for the delivery of signed acknowledgements and consents from the auditors of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries for use of their reports in any materials related to the Financing (including the preliminary and final prospectus in respect of the Equity Financing not heretofore provided) and obtain accountants' comfort letters customary for transactions of the type and as reasonably requested by the Parent and its Affiliates, and Seller will provide to Buyer and its financing sources such additional information as may be reasonably necessary so that the Financing Information is Compliant. Seller hereby consents to the use of all of the Companies' and their respective Subsidiaries' logos in connection with the Financing.

(b)    Buyer acknowledges that none of Seller, the Companies, their respective Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective Representatives shall be held liable for any Damages suffered or incurred in connection with the Financing or any assistance or activities provided in connection therewith. In furtherance of the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (subject solely to the proviso in this Section 4.22(b)), Buyer shall indemnify, without limitation, and hold harmless Seller, the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries, and any of their respective Representatives from and against any and all Damages suffered or incurred in connection with the Financing or any assistance or activities provided in connection therewith; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not apply to such Damages which arise from (i) with respect to matters that arise prior to Closing or prior to or following termination of this Agreement, the fraud of Seller, the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries, or any of their respective Representatives and (ii) with respect to matters that arise following Closing, the fraud of Seller or its Representatives.

(c)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the condition set forth in Section 5.2(b), as it applies to the Seller's obligations under Section 4.22(a), shall be deemed satisfied unless the Seller's breaches of its obligations under Section 4.22(a) was the primary cause of the failure to close the Financing.

Section 4.23    Replacement and Release of Certain Guarantees. To the extent the Seller has not been released under the agreements set forth in Section 4.23 of the Company Disclosure Schedule prior to the Closing, from and after the Closing, the Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to promptly cause the replacement of, and the release of the Seller's obligations under, such agreements.

ARTICLE V

CONDITIONS TO THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTION

Section 5.1    Mutual Conditions. The obligations of each party to this Agreement to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions:

(a)    (i) There shall be no order, preliminary or permanent injunction or decree issued by any Governmental Authority of competent jurisdiction preventing the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby in effect and (ii) no statute, rule or regulation shall have been enacted, entered or promulgated by any Governmental Authority that prohibits or makes illegal the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; and

45

(b)    Any applicable waiting period under the HSR Act with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby shall have expired or been terminated.

Section 5.2    Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer. The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by Buyer:

(a)    Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Seller set forth in Article II of this Agreement (i) with the exception of the Designated Seller Group Representations, shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date (except that any such representations and warranties as of a specified date need only be true and correct in all respects on and as of such date); provided, however, that for purposes of determining the satisfaction of the condition set forth in this Section 5.2(a)(i), such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be so true and correct if the failure or failures of such representations and warranties to be true and correct (such representations and warranties to be read for this purpose without reference to any qualification set forth therein relating to “materiality” or “Company Material Adverse Effect” (except for the reference to “Company Material Adverse Effect” in Section 2.23)) do not constitute, individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) with respect to Designated Seller Group Representations, shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (except that any such representations and warranties as of a specified date need only be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date), in each case under (i) or (ii), without giving effect to any notification received under Section 4.6. Buyer shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Seller by an appropriate officer of Seller to the foregoing effect.

(b)    Performance of Obligations of Seller. Seller shall have performed in all material respects the obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date, without giving effect to any notification received under Section 4.6. Buyer shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Seller by an appropriate officer of Seller to the foregoing effect.

(c)    Material Adverse Effect. Since the date of this Agreement, there shall not have occurred a Company Material Adverse Effect.

(d)    Harland USA Third Party Debt. Harland USA and its Subsidiaries shall have been released from their obligations under the Harland USA Third Party Debt including, for greater certainty, any accrued and unpaid interest related thereto, such that Harland USA and its Subsidiaries shall have no further obligations in respect thereof and all liens or security interests securing the Harland USA Third Party Debt on the assets of Harland USA or its Subsidiaries or the Harland USA Common Stock shall have been released.

Section 5.3    Conditions to the Obligations of Seller. The obligations of Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to satisfaction of each of the following conditions, which may be waived in writing by Seller:

(a)    Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Article III of this Agreement (i) with the exception of the Designated Buyer Group Representations, shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date (except that any such representations and warranties as of a specified date need only be true and correct in all respects on and as of such date); provided, however, that for purposes of determining the satisfaction of the condition set forth in this Section 5.3(a)(i), such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be so true and

46

correct if the failure or failures of such representations and warranties to be true and correct (such representations and warranties to be read for this purpose without reference to any qualification set forth therein relating to “materiality” or “Buyer Material Adverse Effect”) do not constitute, individually or in the aggregate, a Buyer Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) with respect to Designated Buyer Group Representations, shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date (except that any such representations and warranties as of a specified date need only be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date), in each case under (i) or (ii), without giving effect to any notification received under Section 4.6. Seller shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer by an appropriate officer of Buyer to the foregoing effect.

(b)    Performance of Obligations of Buyer. Buyer shall have performed in all material respects the obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing Date), without giving effect to any notification received under Section 4.6. Seller shall have received a certificate signed on behalf of Buyer by an appropriate officer of Buyer to the foregoing effect.

Section 5.4    Frustration of Closing Conditions. None of the parties may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in this Article V to be satisfied if the failure of such party to fulfill any of its respective obligations under this Agreement shall have been the cause of, or shall have resulted in, the failure of any such condition to be so satisfied.

ARTICLE VI

TERMINATION

Section 6.1    Termination.

(a)    Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement may be terminated prior to the Closing as follows:

(i)    by the mutual written consent of the parties hereto;

(ii)    by either of the parties hereto, if any Governmental Authority shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any other action permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and such order, decree, ruling or other action shall have become final and non-appealable; provided, however, that the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 6.1(a)(ii) shall not be available to any party hereto if the failure of such party to fulfill any of its respective obligations under this Agreement shall have been a cause of, or shall have resulted in, such issuance or action by a Governmental Authority;

(iii)    by Seller, if there shall be a breach by Buyer of any representation or warranty or any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 5.3 and which breach cannot be cured or has not been cured (to the extent necessary to avoid a failure of such a condition) within fifteen (15) calendar days (but not later than the Termination Date) after the giving of written notice to Buyer of such breach; provided, that, such period shall not apply to Buyer's obligation to pay the Purchase Price at the Closing, and in the event of a breach of such obligation, Seller may terminate this Agreement immediately by delivery of notice in accordance with this Agreement;

(iv)    by Buyer, if there shall be a breach by Seller of any representation or warranty or any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement that would result in a failure of a

47

condition set forth in Section 5.2 and which breach cannot be cured or has not been cured (to the extent necessary to avoid a failure of such a condition) within fifteen (15) calendar days (but not later than the Termination Date) after the giving of written notice to Seller of such breach; or

(v)    by Seller or Buyer if the Closing does not occur by the close of business on September 30, 2013, which date may be extended by Seller or Buyer to February 28, 2014 if the condition set forth in Section 5.1(b) remains unsatisfied as of three (3) Business Days prior to September 30, 2013 (such applicable date, the “Termination Date”); provided, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller, on the one hand, and Buyer, on the other hand, may not terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause (v) if the failure of the Closing to occur by the Termination Date was caused by, or resulted from, the failure of such party to fulfill any of its respective obligations under this Agreement (including, with respect to Buyer, those obligations under Section 4.22 or its obligation to pay the Purchase Price at the Closing).

(b)    The termination of this Agreement shall be effectuated by the delivery by the party terminating this Agreement to each other party of a written notice of such termination. If this Agreement so terminates, it shall become null and void and have no further force or effect, except as provided in Section 6.2.

Section 6.2    Survival After Termination. If this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 6.1 hereof and the transactions contemplated hereby are not consummated, this Agreement shall become void and of no further force and effect, without any liability on the part of any party hereto, except that the provisions of Sections 4.4(a) and (d), Section 4.7, this Section 6.2, Section 9.5, Section 9.6, Section 9.12, Section 9.13 and the Confidentiality Agreement shall remain in effect in accordance with their terms. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6.2 shall relieve any party to this Agreement of liability for any fraud or willful and material breach of this Agreement or for the failure to consummate the Closing when required to do so by this Agreement, including as a result of any failure to obtain the Financing or to pay the Purchase Price at the Closing, or (ii) Buyer with respect to its obligations pursuant to Section 4.22(b).

ARTICLE VII

TAX MATTERS

Section 7.1    Tax Indemnification.

(a)    From and after Closing, Seller shall pay or cause to be paid, shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold Buyer and its Affiliates (including, after the Closing Date, the Companies and their Subsidiaries) harmless from and against, without duplication (i) any and all Excluded Taxes (other than Taxes arising from or in connection with any action taken or transaction undertaken by Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including the Companies and their Subsidiaries) on the Closing Date but after the Closing, that is outside of the Ordinary Course of Business and not contemplated by this Agreement), other than any such Taxes that are included as a liability in the determination of Final Net Working Capital pursuant to Section 1.6, and (ii) all third-party out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting or similar fees, actually incurred relating to the foregoing (including such costs occurred in contesting the assessment of such Taxes). For avoidance of doubt, except for rights to be reimbursed or indemnified for Taxes based on a breach of an Indemnified Tax Representations, Buyer and its Affiliates (including, after the Closing Date, the Companies and their Subsidiaries) shall not be entitled to be indemnified or otherwise reimbursed for

48

any Taxes based on any breach of any representation or warranty in Section 2.16 other than the Indemnified Tax Representations.

(b)    From and after Closing, Buyer shall pay or cause to be paid, shall be liable for, and shall indemnify, defend and hold Seller and its Affiliates harmless from and against (i) any and all Taxes of the Companies and their Subsidiaries that are not Excluded Taxes; (ii) Taxes arising from or in connection with any action taken by Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including any transaction undertaken by the Companies and their Subsidiaries) on the Closing Date but after the Closing that is outside of the Ordinary Course of Business; (iii) any Taxes arising from or in connection with the breach by Buyer or any of its Affiliates of any covenant contained in this Agreement); (iv) any Transfer Taxes for which Buyer is responsible pursuant to Section 7.8; and (v) all third-party out-of-pocket costs and expenses, including reasonable legal, accounting, appraisal, consulting or similar fees actually incurred relating to the foregoing.

(c)    Payment in full of any amount due under this Section 7.1 shall be made to the indemnified party by Wire Transfer no later than the later of (i) ten (10) days after the indemnified party makes written demand on the indemnifying party and (ii) five (5) days prior to the date on which the underlying amount is required to be paid by the indemnified party.

Section 7.2    Filing of Tax Returns.

(a)    Seller shall, at its own expense, timely prepare and file or shall cause to be timely prepared and filed (i) any combined, consolidated or unitary Tax Return that includes Seller or any of its Affiliates and (ii) any income or franchise Tax Return of the Companies and their Subsidiaries for any taxable period that ends on or before the Closing Date. Buyer shall not amend or revoke any such Tax Returns (or any elections relating thereto). Any Tax Return that relates to or includes any such period and is required to be filed by the Company after the Closing shall be furnished by Seller to Buyer for signature and filing at least ten (10) days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return (taking into account extensions), and Buyer shall timely file such Tax Return and, in any event, no later than the earlier of (x) the date that is ten (10) days after the receipt of such Tax Return from Seller or (y) the due date (including any extensions) of such Tax Return. With respect to any Tax Return that is required to be prepared by Seller pursuant to this Section 7.2, Seller shall, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law, prepare such Tax Return in a manner consistent with the past accounting methods of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, as the case may be.

(b)    Buyer shall, at its own expense, except to the extent that such Tax Returns are the responsibility of Seller under Section 7.2(a), timely prepare and file or shall cause to be timely prepared and filed all Tax Returns with respect to all of the Companies and their Subsidiaries.

(c)    For any Tax Return of the Companies and their Subsidiaries with respect to a Straddle Period that is the responsibility of Buyer under Section 7.2(b), Buyer shall, except as otherwise required by Applicable Law, prepare and file such Tax Returns in a manner consistent with the past practices of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, as the case may be. For any Tax Return of the Companies and their Subsidiaries with respect to a Straddle Period that is the responsibility of Buyer under Section 7.2(b) that relates to the income Taxes of the Companies or their Subsidiaries or shows an Excluded Tax, Buyer shall deliver to Seller for its review, comment and approval (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) a copy of such proposed Tax Return (accompanied, where appropriate, by an allocation between the Pre-Closing Period and the Post-Closing Period of the Taxes shown to be due on such Tax Return) at least twenty (20) days prior to the due date (giving effect to

49

any validly obtained extension) thereof. If Seller disputes any item on such Tax Return, it shall timely notify Buyer of such disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection. The parties shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute prior to the date on which the relevant Tax Return is required to be filed. If the parties cannot resolve any disputed item, the item in question shall be resolved by an independent accounting firm mutually acceptable to Seller and Buyer. The fees and expenses of such accounting firm shall be borne equally by Seller and Buyer. No failure or delay of Buyer in providing a Tax Return for Seller to review and comment and approval shall reduce or otherwise affect the obligations or liabilities of Seller pursuant to this Agreement, except to the extent that Seller is actually prejudiced thereby. Buyer shall not amend any Tax Return with respect to a Straddle Period without the prior written consent of Seller, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

Section 7.3    Tax Refunds.

(a)    Subject to Section 7.3(d), Seller shall be entitled to any refund or credit of or against Excluded Taxes (and any interest or penalty rebate with respect to such refund or credit received from the Taxing Authority), except to the extent that such Excluded Taxes are taken into account in the determination of Final Net Working Capital pursuant to Section 1.6.

(b)    Buyer shall be entitled to (i) any refund or credit of or against any Taxes of the Companies and their Subsidiaries (and any interest or penalty rebate with respect to such refund or credit received from the Taxing Authority), except to the extent such refunds or credits of or against Excluded Taxes, (ii) any refund or credit or against any Taxes of the Companies and their Subsidiaries included in the determination of Final Net Working Capital pursuant to Section 1.6 (and any interest or penalty rebate with respect to such refund or credit ), and (iii) any refund or credit that is not for Seller's benefit as a result of the application of Section 7.3(d).

(c)    Each party hereto shall forward, and shall cause its Affiliates to forward, to the party entitled pursuant to Section 7.3(a) to a refund or credit of Taxes, the amount of such refund or credit within ten (10) days after such refund is received or applied against another Tax liability, as the case may be, in each case net of any Taxes or costs to the party receiving such refund or credit (including income or withholding Taxes that would be imposed on the receipt or distribution of the refund by the Companies or their Subsidiaries to the Party required to obtain such payment).

(d)    Nothing in this Section 7.3 shall require that Buyer make any payment with respect to any refund for a Tax (and such refunds shall be for the benefit of the Buyer the Companies and the Subsidiaries) that is with respect to any refund for Tax that gives rise to a payment obligation by the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries to any Person under Applicable Law or pursuant to a provision of a Contract or other agreement entered (or assumed) by the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries on or prior to the Closing Date.

(e)    Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Buyer, the Companies and the Subsidiaries shall not carry back any net operating loss or other Tax attribute or Tax credit incurred in a Post-Closing Period to a Pre-Closing Period.

Section 7.4    Assistance and Cooperation.From and after the Closing Date, each party hereto shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, provide the other party hereto with such cooperation, documentation and information as either of them reasonably may request in connection with (a) preparation and filing any Tax Return or claim for refund, (b) determining a liability for Taxes, an indemnity or payment obligation under this Article VII or a right to a refund of Taxes, (c) conducting any Tax Proceeding (which

50

shall include granting any powers of attorney reasonably requested by the party entitled to control a Tax Proceeding pursuant to Section 7.5), (d) determining an allocation of Taxes between a Pre-Closing Period and a Post-Closing Period, or (e) complying with any information reporting or withholding requirements contained in the Code or other Applicable Laws. Such cooperation and information shall include providing copies of all relevant portions of relevant Tax Returns, together with all relevant accompanying schedules and work papers (or portions thereof) and other supporting documentation.

Section 7.5    Contests.

(a)    If any Taxing Authority asserts a Tax Claim in respect of any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries, then the party hereto first receiving notice of such Tax Claim promptly shall provide written notice thereof to the other party or parties hereto; provided, however, that the failure of such party to give such prompt notice shall not relieve the other party of any of its obligations under this Article VII, except to the extent that the other party is actually prejudiced thereby. Such notice shall specify in reasonable detail the basis for such Tax Claim and shall include a copy of the relevant portion of any correspondence received from the Taxing Authority.

(b)    Seller shall have the exclusive right to control, at its own expense, any audit, examination, contest, litigation or other proceeding by or against any Taxing Authority (a “Tax Proceeding”) in respect of any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries for any taxable period that ends on or before the Closing Date (other than those Tax Proceedings described in Section 7.5(c) or Section 7.5(e)); provided, however, that with respect to any such Tax Proceeding that would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on Buyer and its Affiliates (including the Companies and their Subsidiaries for Post-Closing Periods) that is material, Seller shall (i) consult with Buyer before taking any significant action in connection with such Tax Proceeding, (ii) defend such Tax Proceeding diligently and in good faith, and (iii) shall not settle, compromise or abandon any such Tax Proceeding without obtaining the prior written consent of Buyer, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(c)    Buyer shall control, at its own expense, any Tax Proceeding of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries relating to a Straddle Period (other than those Tax Proceedings described in Section 7.5(e)); provided, however, that (i) Buyer shall defend such Tax Proceeding diligently and in good faith as if it were the only party in interest in connection with such Tax Proceeding, and (ii) to the extent such Tax Proceeding relates to a Straddle Period or could otherwise result in a Tax that is the responsibility of Seller under this Agreement (A) Buyer shall provide Seller with a timely and reasonably detailed account of each phase of such Tax Proceeding, (B)  Buyer shall consult with Seller before taking any significant action in connection with such Tax Proceeding, (C) Buyer shall consult with Seller and offer Seller a reasonable opportunity to comment before submitting any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such Tax Proceeding, (D) Seller shall be entitled to participate in such Tax Proceeding, at its own expense, and (E) Buyer shall not settle, compromise or abandon any such Tax Proceeding without obtaining the prior written consent of Seller, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed if such settlement, compromise, or abandonment could result in the Companies or their Subsidiaries incurring a Tax that Seller is obligated to pay pursuant to Section 7.1.

(d)    Buyer shall have the exclusive right to control, at its own expense, any Tax Proceeding in respect of any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries for any taxable period that begins after the Closing Date (other than those Tax Proceedings described in Section 7.5(c) or described in Section 7.5(e)); provided, however, that with respect to any such Tax Proceeding that would reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on Seller and its Affiliates (including the Company and its Subsidiaries for Pre-Closing Periods) that is material, Buyer shall (i) consult with Seller before taking any significant

51

action in connection with such Tax Proceeding, (ii) defend such Tax Proceeding diligently and in good faith, and (iii) not settle, compromise or abandon any such Tax Proceeding without obtaining the prior written consent of Seller, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(e)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) Seller shall exclusively control, at its own expense, any Tax Proceeding relating to any combined, consolidated or unitary Tax Return that includes Seller or its Affiliates and Buyer shall have no right to participate in such Tax Proceeding (even to the extent it could result in a Tax that the Buyer is responsible for under this Agreement), provided that Seller shall keep Buyer reasonably informed regarding any proposed adjustments made during such Tax Proceedings that could result in the Companies or their Subsidiaries having to pay additional Taxes for a Post-Closing Tax Period or requiring any Company or any of their Subsidiaries to pay additional Taxes with respect to a separately filed Tax Return, and (ii) the Buyer shall exclusively control, at its own expense, any Tax Proceeding relating to any combined, consolidated or unitary Tax Return that includes the Buyer or its Affiliates and Seller shall have no right to participate in such Tax Proceeding (even to the extent it could result in a Tax that Seller is responsible for under this Agreement), provided that Buyer shall keep Seller reasonably informed regarding any proposed adjustments made during such Tax Proceeding that could result in Seller or its Affiliates paying any additional Tax for a Pre-Closing Period or could result in a Tax of the Company or any of their Subsidiaries that is the responsibility of Seller under this Agreement.

Section 7.6    Tax Sharing Agreements. All liabilities and obligations between Seller or any of its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries), on the one hand, and any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, on the other hand, under any Tax sharing agreement in effect prior to the Closing Date (other than this Agreement) shall cease and terminate as of the Closing Date. After the Closing Date, neither the Seller nor its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) shall have any rights or obligations with respect to any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and none of the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall have any rights or obligations with respect to Seller and its Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries), in each case under any such Tax sharing agreement.

Section 7.7    Coordination; Survival. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, indemnification for any and all Tax matters and the procedures with respect thereto shall be governed exclusively by this Article VII (and not by any provision of Article VIII). The provisions of this Article VII relating to the payment or indemnity of Taxes and Indemnified Tax Representations shall survive until forty-five (45) days following the expiration of the relevant statutes of limitations (after taking into account all extensions, waivers, tolling, or mitigation thereof). The representations and warranties in Section 2.16 other than the Indemnified Tax Representations shall not survive the Closing Date. All other covenants in this Article VII shall survive in accordance with their terms.

Section 7.8    Transfer Taxes. All sales, use, transfer, stamp, excise, as valorem, value added, registration, property, documentary, recording or similar Taxes or fees imposed upon the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and related interest and penalties (collectively, “Transfer Taxes”) shall be paid by Buyer, regardless of the Person liable for such Taxes under Applicable Law. The parties hereto shall reasonably cooperate to reduce or eliminate any potential Transfer Taxes and shall cooperate in the preparation and filing of any related Tax Returns.

Section 7.9    Treatment of Indemnity Payments. Seller and Buyer agree that, except to the extent otherwise required pursuant to a “determination” (within the meaning of Section 1313(a) of the Code or any similar provision of state, local or foreign law), all indemnification payments made pursuant to this Agreement shall be treated by the parties as an adjustment to the Purchase Price.

52

Section 7.10    Limitations. Seller and Buyer agree that the limitations provided for in Section 8.2 and Section 8.3 will not apply to this Article VII.

ARTICLE VIII

SURVIVAL; INDEMNIFICATION

Section 8.1    Survival of Representations and Warranties and Agreements. The respective representations and warranties and pre-Closing covenants of Seller, MFH, Buyer and Parent contained in this Agreement shall survive the Closing but shall expire on the 15-month anniversary of the Closing Date, except with respect to, and to the extent of, any claim of which written notice in accordance with Section 8.4 has been given in good faith by one party to the other prior to such expiration; provided, however, that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the representations and warranties set forth in (a) Section 2.1 (Organization and Related Matters), Section 2.2 (Capitalization), Section 2.3(a) (Authority), Section 2.11 (No Broker) and Section 9.9(a) (Authority of MFH) (the “Designated Seller Group Representations”) and Section 3.2(a) (Authority), Section 3.5 (No Broker) and Section 9.8(a) (Authority of Parent) (the “Designated Buyer Group Representations”) shall survive the Closing but shall expire on the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date, except with respect to, and to the extent of, any claim of which written notice in accordance with Section 8.4 has been given in good faith by one party to the other prior to such expiration, (b) Section 2.18(a) (Intellectual Property) shall survive the Closing but shall expire on the second anniversary of the Closing Date, (c) Section 2.17(f) (Employee Benefit Plans) shall survive the Closing but shall expire sixty (60) days after the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (after taking into account any tolling, extensions, mitigation or waiver thereof), and (d) Section 2.16 (Taxes) will survive as set forth in Section 7.7 and all indemnification obligations with respect to Taxes shall be governed by Article VII. The respective post-Closing covenants and obligations of Seller, MFH, Buyer and Parent contained in this Agreement (including the indemnification obligations set forth in this Article VIII) shall survive the Closing in accordance with their terms. The period from the Closing to the expiration, if any, of a representation or warranty, covenant or obligation hereunder shall be referred to with respect to a claim for indemnification thereunder as the “Survival Period.”

Section 8.2    Indemnification by Seller and MFH

Subject to the provisions of this Article VIII, MFH (solely with respect to its breaches of Section 4.13, Section 4.16, Section 4.19 and Section 9.9) and Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Parent, Buyer, the Companies and their Subsidiaries, and the officers, directors and employees of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Buyer Indemnitees”) from and after the Closing Date for the Survival Period, from and against any and all claims, losses, damages, liabilities, awards, judgments and out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable external attorneys' fees and expenses) (“Damages”) of the Buyer Indemnitees to the extent caused by, suffered by, imposed upon or asserted against it or any of them as a result of, in respect of, or arising out of, under, or pursuant to (1) any breach of any of the respective (A) representations and warranties made herein by Seller or MFH (including in any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(a) but without giving effect to any notification received under Section 4.6), provided that, for the purpose of calculating any Damages resulting from a breach of any such representation or warranty (but not for purposes of determining whether there has been a breach of any such representation or warranty), all materiality and Company Material Adverse Effect qualifiers in such representations and warranties shall be disregarded (except with respect to Section 2.6(a) (Financial Statements), Section 2.13 (Compliance with Applicable Law; Permits) and Section 2.23 (Absence of Certain Changes)), and (B) covenants or obligations of Seller or MFH set forth in this Agreement (including in any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.2(b) but without giving effect to any

53

notification received under Section 4.6) and (2) any of the Designated Matters (which for greater certainty, shall only be an obligation of Seller). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Damages arising under this Section 8.2, except for Damages resulting from breaches of the Designated Seller Group Representations, breaches of the covenants or obligations of Seller or MFH set forth in Section 4.1, Section 4.4, Section 4.7, Section 4.8, Section 4.10, Section 4.13, Section 4.15, Section 4.16, Section 4.19 or Section 4.20(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (such covenants, the “Designated Covenants”) or the Designated Matters, (a) neither Seller or MFH shall be liable to any Buyer Indemnitees with respect to Damages unless and until the aggregate amount of such Damages exceeds $10,000,000 (the “Deductible Amount”) and then only to the extent of such excess, and any individual claims or expenses where the Damages relating thereto is less than $50,000 (and, solely with respect to Section 2.18(e), less than $100,000), shall not be aggregated for purposes hereof and (b) Seller's and MFH's maximum liability to the Buyer Indemnitees for all Damages shall not exceed $70,000,000 in the aggregate (the “Maximum Amount”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (i) no claim for indemnity for a breach of a particular representation or warranty shall be made pursuant to this Section 8.2 after the Closing if Buyer Indemnitees had actual knowledge of such breach as of the date of this Agreement or if such breach was communicated to any Buyer Indemnitee by any Buyer's Representative and (ii) in no event shall Seller or MFH be liable for Damages resulting from breaches of the Designated Seller Group Representations, the Designated Covenants and the Designated Matters in excess of the Purchase Price (as adjusted pursuant to the terms hereof). Buyer shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any Damages which forms the basis of an indemnification claim hereunder. For purposes of this Section 8.2, “Designated Matters” shall mean the matters set forth in Section 8.2 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

Section 8.3    Indemnification by Parent and Buyer.

Subject to the provisions of this Article VIII, Parent and Buyer shall jointly indemnify, defend and hold harmless Seller and MFH and their officers, directors and employees (collectively, the “Seller Indemnitees”) from and after the Closing Date for the Survival Period (including any extension thereof as expressly provided for in such Section) from and against any and all Damages of the Seller Indemnitees to the extent caused by, suffered by, imposed upon or asserted against it or any of them as a result of, in respect of, or arising out of, under, or pursuant to any breach of any of the (A) representations and warranties made herein by Buyer or Parent (including in any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.3(a) but without giving effect to any notification received under Section 4.6), provided that, for the purpose of calculating any Damages resulting from a breach of any such representation or warranty (but not for purposes of determining whether there has been a breach of any such representation or warranty), all materiality and Buyer Material Adverse Effect or Parent Material Adverse Effect qualifiers in such representations and warranties shall be disregarded, and (B) covenants or obligations of Buyer or Parent set forth in this Agreement (including in any certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.3(b) but without giving effect to any notification received under Section 4.6). Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Damages arising under this Section 8.3, except for Damages resulting from breaches of the Designated Buyer Group Representations or breaches of the Designated Covenants, or Damages and costs covered by the indemnification provisions set forth in Section 4.22(b) (Cooperation with Financing)), (a) Parent and Buyer shall not be liable to any Seller Indemnitees with respect to Damages unless and until the aggregate amount of such Damages exceeds the Deductible Amount and then only to the extent of such excess, and any individual claims or expenses where the Damages relating thereto is less than $50,000shall not be aggregated for purposes hereof, and (b) Parent and Buyer's maximum liability to the Seller Indemnitees for all Damages shall not exceed the Maximum Amount. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, (i) no claim for indemnity for a breach of a particular representation or warranty shall be made pursuant to this Section 8.3 after the Closing if Seller Indemnitees had actual knowledge of such

54

breach as of the date of this Agreement or if such breach was communicated to any Seller Indemnitee by any Seller's Representative and (ii) in no event shall Buyer be liable for Damages resulting from the breaches of the Designated Buyer Group Representation, the Designated Covenants and the covenant set forth in Section 4.22(b) in excess of the amount of the Purchase Price (as adjusted pursuant to the terms hereof) (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall exclude the payment of the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 1.3). Seller and MFH shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any Damages which forms the basis of an indemnification claim hereunder.

Section 8.4    Indemnification Procedure.

(a)    Promptly after the incurrence of any Damages by the party seeking indemnification pursuant to Section 4.22(b) or this Article VIII (the “Indemnified Party”), including any claim by a third party described in Section 8.4(c) hereof that might give rise to indemnification hereunder, or the earlier discovery of any facts or circumstances that may result in an indemnification claim hereunder, the Indemnified Party shall deliver to the party from which indemnification is sought (the “Indemnifying Party”) a certificate prepared and submitted in good faith (the “Claim Certificate”), which Claim Certificate shall be delivered within the relevant Survival Period and shall:

(i)    state that the Indemnified Party has paid or properly accrued Damages, or anticipates (specifying the events or occurrences giving rise to such anticipation) that it will incur liability for Damages for which such Indemnified Party is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement; and

(ii)    specify in reasonable detail each individual item of Damages included in the amount so stated to the extent known, the date such item was paid or properly accrued (if applicable), the basis for any anticipated liability and the nature of the breach of representation or warranty or claim to which each such item is related and the computation of the amount, if reasonably capable of computation, to which such Indemnified Party claims to be entitled hereunder;

provided, however, that the failure of the Indemnified Party to so promptly deliver the Claim Certificate shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of any of its obligations under this Article VIII, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced thereby.

(b)    Claims for Damages specified in any Claim Certificate with respect to which the parties agree in writing to be due, or that are finally determined (with such determination not appealable) by a court of competent jurisdiction to be due, are hereinafter referred to, collectively, as “Agreed Claims.” Within 10 Business Days of the determination of the amount of any Agreed Claims, subject to the limitations of this Article VIII, the Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party an amount equal to the Agreed Claim by certified check or Wire Transfer.

(c)    Promptly after the assertion by any third party of any claim against any Indemnified Party that may result in the incurrence by such Indemnified Party of Damages for which such Indemnified Party would be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement and within the relevant Survival Period, such Indemnified Party shall deliver to the Indemnifying Party a written notice describing in reasonable detail such claim, and such Indemnifying Party may, at its option, assume the defense of the Indemnified Party against such claim at such Indemnifying Party's expense. Any Indemnified Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action or claim and to participate in the defense thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall not be at the expense of the Indemnifying Party.

55

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnifying Party shall not be entitled to assume such defense, and shall be responsible for the fees and expenses of the Indemnified Party's counsel, if (i) the Indemnifying Party shall have failed, within 15 days after having been notified by the Indemnified Party of the existence of such claim as provided in the preceding sentence, to assume the defense of such claim or to notify the Indemnified Party in writing that it shall assume the defense of such claim, (ii) the named parties to any such action (including any impleaded parties) include both such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party and such Indemnified Party shall have been advised in writing by external counsel that there are one or more legal defenses the assertion of that would be adverse to the interests of the Indemnified Party, (iii) the claim relates to or arises in connection with any criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation, (iv) the claim seeks an order, injunction or other equitable relief, other than money Damages, or (v) the Indemnified Party shall have been advised in writing by counsel that the assumption of such defense by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to an actual conflict of interest; provided that, with respect to the foregoing clauses (i) through (v), the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one firm of counsel for all Indemnified Parties); provided, further, that, for the avoidance of doubt, in the instance where the Indemnifying Party is not entitled to assume the defense pursuant to the foregoing clauses (i) through (v), any such Indemnifying Party shall have the right to employ separate counsel in any such action or claim and to participate in the defense thereof, with the fees and expenses of its counsel to be borne at its own expense. Indemnifying Party shall be liable to indemnify any Indemnified Party for any settlement of any such action or claim effected without the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, but if settled with the written consent of the Indemnifying Party, or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff in any such action, the Indemnifying Party shall indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnified Party from and against any loss or liability incurred by such Indemnified Party by reason of such settlement or judgment, subject to the limitations set forth in this Article VIII. If the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense of any claim in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8.4(c), the Indemnifying Party shall obtain the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) before entering into any settlement of such claim if the settlement does not release the Indemnified Party from all liabilities and obligations with respect to such claim, the settlement is in excess of the maximum remaining liability set forth in Section 8.2 or 8.3, as applicable, or the settlement imposes injunctive or other non-monetary equitable relief against the Indemnified Party. The Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party each agrees to reasonably cooperate in all matters covered by this Section 8.4(c), including, as required, the furnishing of books and records, personnel and witnesses and the execution of documents, in each case as necessary for any defense of such third-party claim and at no cost to the other party (provided that any reasonable out-of-pockets expenses of the Indemnified Party incurred in connection with the foregoing shall be considered part of Damages hereunder).

Section 8.5    Punitive Damages; Certain Offsets. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no party shall be liable to any Indemnified Party for punitive or exemplary Damages (except for third party claims asserting such damages), as a result of any breach of this Agreement or other agreements referred to herein or of any private right of action that any party may have hereunder against another party hereto. For purposes ofSection 4.22(b)and this Article VIII, “Damages” shall be net of any insurance or other recoveries (net of any related deductible or expenses incurred in securing such recovery) actually paid to the Indemnified Party or its Affiliates in connection with the facts giving rise to any right of indemnification hereunder, it being understood that the Indemnified Party has no obligation to make any claim under such insurance or other recovery. Any indemnification payment made pursuant to this Agreement shall be reduced by the amount of any net Tax benefit actually realized by the Indemnified Party as a result of the Damages incurred or suffered by the Indemnified Party. In no event shall any Indemnified Party recover more than once for any Damages, regardless of whether alternative theories of recovery exist under this Agreement or Applicable Law. The parties acknowledge that in no event shall

56

there be duplication with respect to items considered as part of any Purchase Price adjustments under Section 1.6 and amounts paid with respect to indemnification claims under Article VII and this Article VIII.

Section 8.6    Exclusive Remedy.

(a)    After the Closing Date, this Article VIII shall provide the sole and exclusive remedy for any costs or Damages available to the parties to this Agreement for any breach of any representation or warranty, covenants or obligations contained herein (other than any claims with respect to Taxes, which shall be governed exclusively by Article VII), except (i) with respect to matters set forth in Section 4.22(b), (ii) with respect to claims of fraud for any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement or (iii) those matters for which the remedy of specific performance, injunctive relief or other non-monetary equitable remedies are available.

(b)    The parties expressly waive, release and agree not to make, after the Closing, any claim against the other parties hereto, except for (i) indemnification claims made pursuant to Article VII or this Article VIII, (ii) any claims of fraud with respect to any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement, or (iii) any claims for amounts to be paid, if any, pursuant to Sections 1.6 or 4.22(b), for the recovery of any costs or Damages, whether directly or by way of contribution, or for any other relief whatsoever, under any Applicable Laws, whether now existing or applicable or hereinafter enacted or applicable (including claims for breach of contract, failure of disclosure or tortious wrong).

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 9.1    Amendments; Waiver. This Agreement may not be amended, altered or modified except by written instrument executed by Seller and Buyer. No waiver of any party to this Agreement will be effective unless it is in a writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the waiving party that makes express reference to the provision or provisions subject to such waiver. No waiver shall constitute a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other inaccuracy, breach or failure to strictly comply with the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 9.2    Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, the Confidentiality Agreement, and any other exhibits, schedules, certificates, lists and documents referred to herein, and any documents executed by any of the parties simultaneously herewith or pursuant thereto), constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, discussions, negotiations and communications, written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. If there is any conflict or inconsistency between this Agreement and the provisions of any ancillary agreement, the provisions of this Agreement will govern.

Section 9.3    Interpretation; Company Disclosure Schedules.

(a)    When a reference is made in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, Schedules or Exhibits, such reference shall be to an Article of, Section of, Schedule to or Exhibit to this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” The phrases “the date of this Agreement,”

57

“the date hereof” and terms of similar import, unless the context otherwise requires, shall be deemed to refer to the date set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, the phrase the “Seller shall cause” shall be deemed, to the extent not expressly provided in the circumstance, to provide that the Seller shall cause all actions necessary in the circumstance to be completed by itself and each of the Companies and the Companies' respective Subsidiaries.

(b)    Any matter disclosed in any Section of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for all purposes of this Agreement and all other Sections of the Company Disclosure Schedule to the extent that it is reasonably apparent that such disclosure is applicable to such other Sections of the Company Disclosure Schedule. The inclusion of any information in any Section of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall not be deemed to be an admission or acknowledgment or otherwise imply that such information is required to be listed in any Section of the Company Disclosure Schedule or that any such matter may result in a Company Material Adverse Effect or is material to or outside the Ordinary Course of Business of the Companies or any of its Subsidiaries or the HFS Business (or that any such matter is above any specified threshold). All references in the Company Disclosure Schedule to the enforceability of agreements with third parties, the existence or non-existence of third-party rights, the absence of breaches or defaults by third parties, or similar matters or statements, are intended only to allocate rights and risks between Buyer and Seller and are not intended to be admissions against interests, give rise to any inference or proof of accuracy, be admissible against any party to this Agreement by any Person who is not a party to this Agreement, or give rise to any claim or benefit to any Person who is not a party to this Agreement. In addition, the disclosure of any matter in the Company Disclosure Schedule is not to be deemed an admission that such matter actually constitutes noncompliance with, or a violation of Applicable Law, Contract or other topic to which such disclosure is applicable. In no event shall the disclosure of matters disclosed in the Company Disclosure Schedule or the Electronic Data Room be deemed or interpreted to broaden Seller's representations and warranties, obligations, covenants, conditions or agreements contained in this Agreement. The headings contained in the Company Disclosure Schedule are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed to modify or influence the interpretation of the information contained in the Company Disclosure Schedule or this Agreement.

Section 9.4    Severability. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable.

Section 9.5    Notices. Unless otherwise provided herein, all notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be addressed as follows (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

If to Seller and MFH, to:

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.

10931 Laureate Drive

San Antonio, Texas 78249

Facsimile:(210) 699-4002

Attention:General Counsel

58

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP

1285 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10019-6064

Facsimile:(212) 757-3990

Attention:Robert B. Schumer, Esq.

If to Parent and Buyer, to:

Davis + Henderson Corporation

201-939 Eglinton Avenue East

Toronto, Ontario M4G 4H7

Facsimile:(416) 696-9199

Attention:Chief Financial Officer

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Stikeman Elliott LLP

5300 Commerce Court West, 199 Bay Street

Toronto, ON ML 1B9

Facsimile:(416) 947-0866

Attention: Martin Langlois

All such notices or communications shall be deemed to have been delivered and received (a) if delivered in person, on the day of such delivery, (b) if by facsimile or electronic mail, on the day on which such facsimile or electronic mail was sent, (c) if by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), on the seventh Business Day after the mailing thereof or (d) if by reputable overnight delivery service, on the second Business Day after the sending thereof.

Section 9.6    Binding Effect; Persons Benefiting; No Assignment. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns and any transferee of all or substantially all of the assets of such party and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole. This Agreement may not be assigned by any of the parties without the prior written consent of Buyer, in the case of any assignment by Seller, and Seller, in the case of any assignment by Buyer. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, (i) Buyer may collaterally assign the benefits of this Agreement, in whole or in part, to a lender or lenders as continuing collateral security for obligations owed to it or them; provided, however, that any such assignment shall not be effective until Closing; and (ii) prior to the Closing Date, D+H Ltd. may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any Subsidiary of Parent and such assignment shall relieve D+H Ltd. of all of its obligations and liabilities hereunder after which such assignee shall alone be deemed a “Buyer” and “Acquirer II” for purposes of this Agreement; provided that for greater certainty any such assignment shall not relieve the Parent of any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly set forth in Article VIII, no provision of this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to confer upon any entity or Person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or any part hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the rights, remedies and claims under Section 4.22(b) shall be for the benefit of (i) with respect to matters that arise prior to Closing or prior to or following termination of this Agreement, Seller, the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries, and any of their respective Representatives and (ii) with respect to matters that arise following Closing, Seller and its Representatives.

59

Section 9.7    Parental Guarantee.

(a)    Parent is executing this Agreement to guaranty the performance of Buyer under this Agreement. Parent guarantees irrevocably, absolutely and unconditionally and as a primary obligation (and not as surety only) that the Buyer shall fully, completely and timely (x) pay to the Seller and (y) perform all its obligations and assume all its liabilities contained in this Agreement, in each case, strictly in accordance with the terms hereof (the “Guaranteed Obligations”). If the Buyer fails or refuses to pay or perform any such obligations and liabilities, Parent shall, upon the written request of the Seller (a “Performance Demand”), immediately pay or perform such obligations, as applicable. A single Performance Demand shall be effective as to any specific default during the continuance of such default until the Buyer or Parent shall have cured such default, and additional written demands concerning such default shall not be required until such default is cured.

(b)    There are no conditions precedent to the enforcement of this Section 9.7. The obligations of Parent hereunder shall be continuing, absolute and unconditional and such obligations shall be binding upon Parent, its successors and assigns and inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the Seller and its successors and permitted assigns.

(c)    This Section 9.7 shall continue to be effective, or be automatically reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment or performance, or any part thereof, of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored, returned or rejected by the Seller for any reason, including, without limitation, upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of the Buyer, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, the Buyer or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payments had not been made. Parent hereby waives all claims of waiver, release, surrender, abstraction or compromise and all set-offs, counterclaims, cross-claims, recoupments or other defenses that it may have against the Seller except for those available to the Buyer that is provided for in this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the obligations of Parent hereunder are unconditional and irrevocable and will not be discharged by: (i) any modification of, or amendment or supplement to, this Agreement, (ii) any furnishing or acceptance of security or exchange or release of any security or (iii) any waiver, consent or other action or inaction or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy or power with respect to the Buyer or any change in the structure of the Buyer.

(d)    Notwithstanding anything in Article VIII to the contrary, Parent agrees that it will indemnify the Seller on demand for all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and disbursements) incurred (x) by the Seller in connection with such rescission or restoration referenced in Section 9.7(c), and (y) in connection with the successful enforcement of the Seller's rights under this Section 9.7, which amounts shall be in addition to all other obligations hereunder. If the Seller is required to refund part or all of any payment of the Buyer with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations, such payment shall not constitute a release of Parent from any liability hereunder, and Parent's liability hereunder shall be reinstated to the fullest extent allowed under Applicable Laws and shall not be construed to be diminished in any manner.

Section 9.8    Representations and Warranties of Parent.

(a)    Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Province of Ontario. Parent has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this

60

Agreement, and the performance of Parent's obligations hereunder, have been, or will have been at the Closing, duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and no other corporate action on the part of Parent is necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by Parent and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Seller, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Parent, enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(b)    Parent has full power and authority and has taken all required action necessary to permit it to execute and deliver and to carry out the terms of this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by Parent of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including with respect to Parent's obligations under Section 9.7), do not and will not (i) violate any provision of any certificate of incorporation, by-law, articles, other organizational document of Parent, (ii) result in a breach of, or default under, or right to accelerate with respect to, any term or provision of any Contract, commitment or other obligation to which Parent or any of its Affiliates is a party or by which Parent or its assets are bound, or (iii) violate or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any Applicable Laws or other restriction of any Governmental Authority to which Parent is subject.

(c)    The execution, delivery and performance by Parent of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby do not require any consents, waivers, authorizations or approvals of, or filings with, any third Persons that have not previously been obtained by Parent.

(d)    Parent has the financial capability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and Parent understands that, under the terms of this Agreement, the Parent's obligations hereunder are not in any way contingent or otherwise subject to (i) the consummation by the Parent or any of its Affiliates of any financing arrangements, (ii) Parent or any of its Affiliates obtaining any financing or (iii) the availability of any financing to Parent or any of its Affiliates.

(e)    Parent is a “reporting issuer” in all provinces and territories of Canada within the meaning of Applicable Laws in effect in such Canadian provinces and is not in default of any material requirement of (i) Applicable Laws relating to applicable Canadian securities laws, or (ii) the rules or policies of the Toronto Stock Exchange. There is no litigation, administrative or other proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of the Parent, threatened against, the Parent by any Governmental Authority or the Toronto Stock Exchange relating to any alleged violation of applicable Canadian securities laws or the rules or policies of the Toronto Stock Exchange.

(f)    There are no Proceedings that are pending or, to the Knowledge of Parent, threatened in writing against or relating to Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that would have, individually or in the aggregate, a Parent Material Adverse Effect. There is no injunction, order, judgment, decree, or regulatory restriction imposed upon Parent or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or business that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect.

(g)    None of the information regarding Parent or its Subsidiaries supplied or to be supplied by or on behalf of Parent on or prior to the Closing Date for inclusion in any documents to be filed with any Governmental Authority in connection with the transactions contemplated by this

61

Agreement will, at the respective times such documents are filed with any Governmental Authority, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(h)    Each of Parent and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Applicable Laws, regulations, orders, judgments and decrees, except for such failures to comply that would not reasonably be expected to have a Parent Material Adverse Effect

Section 9.9    Representations and Warranties of MFH.

(a)    MFH is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. MFH has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, and the performance of MFH's obligations hereunder, have been, or will have been at the Closing, duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and no other corporate action on the part of MFH is necessary to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement. This Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by MFH and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by Buyer and Parent, this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of MFH, enforceable against MFH in accordance with its terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, conservatorship, arrangement, moratorium or other laws affecting or relating to the rights of creditors generally or (ii) the rules governing the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

(b)    MFH has full power and authority and has taken all required action necessary to permit it to execute and deliver and to carry out the terms of this Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance by MFH of this Agreement, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (including with respect to MFH's obligations under Section 4.13, Section 4.16, Section 4.19 and Section 8.2), do not and will not (i) violate any provision of any certificate of incorporation, by-law, articles, other organizational document of MFH, (ii) result in a breach of, or default under, or right to accelerate with respect to, any term or provision of any Contract, commitment or other obligation to which MFH is a party or by which MFH or its assets are bound, or (iii) violate or result in a breach of or constitute a default under any Applicable Laws or other restriction of any Governmental Authority to which MFH is subject.

(c)    The execution, delivery and performance by MFH of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby do not require any consents, waivers, authorizations or approvals of, or filings with, any third Persons that have not previously been obtained by MFH.

Section 9.10    Counterparts.

This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement, it being understood that all of the parties need not sign the same counterpart.

62

Section 9.11    Specific Performance.

(a)    The parties to this Agreement agree that irreparable damage for which monetary damages, even if available, would not be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that any party hereto does not perform the provisions of this Agreement (including failing to take such actions as are required of it hereunder in order to consummate the Closing and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement) in accordance with its specified terms or otherwise breaches such provisions. The parties to this Agreement acknowledge and agree that each such party shall be entitled to an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof. The parties to this Agreement further acknowledge and agree that prior to the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with ARTICLE VI, the sole and exclusive remedies of any party hereto in respect of any breach or alleged breach hereunder shall be an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief to prevent or cure such breaches by any other party and/or to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including to obtain an order of specific performance requiring such other party (if all conditions in ARTICLE V (other than those conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing) have been satisfied) to effect the Closing in accordance with Section 1.3, on the terms and subject to the conditions in this Agreement, provided, however, that (i) the failure by any party to seek an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief in respect of any breach or alleged breach hereunder prior to the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with ARTICLE VI shall not prejudice such party's right to pursue any and all available remedies (including Damages) after the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with ARTICLE VI in respect of any breach that occurred prior to the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with ARTICLE VI, and (ii) the fact that a party seeks pursuant to this Section 9.11(a) an injunction, specific performance or other equitable relief prior to the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with ARTICLE VI, but does not obtain such relief shall not prejudice such party's right to pursue any and all available remedies (including Damages) after the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with ARTICLE VI for any breach that occurred prior thereto. Each party to this Agreement agrees that it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief on the basis that (x) any other party has an adequate remedy at law or (y) an award of specific performance is not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity. Any party to this Agreement seeking an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall not be required to provide any bond or other security in connection with any such order or injunction.

(b)    Each party to this Agreement further agrees that (x) the seeking of the remedies provided for in Section 9.11 by any other party shall not in any respect constitute a waiver by any party of its right to seek any other form of relief that may be available to any such party under this Agreement and (y) nothing set forth in this Agreement shall require any party to institute any legal actions, arbitrations, litigations, suits or other civil or criminal proceedings (collectively, “Legal Actions”) for (or limit such party's right to institute any Legal Action for) specific performance under Section 9.11 prior or as a condition to exercising any termination right under Article VI, nor shall the commencement of any Legal Action pursuant to Section 9.11(a) or anything set forth in this Section 9.11(b) restrict or limit any party's right to terminate this Agreement in accordance with the terms of ARTICLE VI or pursue any other remedies under this Agreement that may be available then or thereafter.

(c)    For the avoidance of doubt, nothing in this Agreement shall limit the right of any Person to indemnification pursuant to Section 4.22(b) with respect to matters set forth in Section 4.22(b) that occur prior to or following Closing or termination of this Agreement and nothing shall limit the right of such Person to bring such a claim at any time prior to or following Closing or termination.

63

Section 9.12    Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Service. This Agreement, the legal relations between the parties and the adjudication and the enforcement thereof, shall be governed by and interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and entirely to be performed in New York by its citizens. Each party (on behalf of itself and its Affiliates) to this Agreement (i) irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in New York County, New York, (ii) agrees that it will not attempt to deny or defeat such personal jurisdiction by motion or other request for leave from any such court, (iii) agrees that any actions or proceedings arising in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be brought, tried and determined only in the state or federal courts located in New York County, New York (or, only if such courts decline to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any state or federal court within the State of New York) (the “Chosen Courts”), (iv) waives any claim of improper venue or any claim that the Chosen Courts are an inconvenient forum and (v) agrees that it will not bring any action relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement in any court other than the Chosen Courts. The parties to this Agreement agree that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action or proceeding in the manner provided in Section 9.5 or in such other manner as may be permitted by Applicable Law, shall be valid and sufficient service thereof.

Section 9.13    Definitions. For all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings set forth in this Section 9.13 (such definitions to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms herein defined):

“Acquirer I” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Acquirer II” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Acquisition Proposal” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.10.

“Affiliate” shall mean any individual, partnership, corporation, entity or other Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Person specified. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of this Agreement, the only Affiliates of Seller and/or (to the extent prior to the Closing) the Companies shall be Seller, the Companies, the respective Subsidiaries of Seller and the Companies, and MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc.

“Agreed Claims” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(b).

“Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Allocation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.4.

“Applicable Law” shall mean any domestic or foreign federal, state or local statute, law (whether statutory or common law), ordinance, rule, administrative interpretation, regulation, order, writ, injunction, directive or judgment (including those of any self-regulatory organization (or applicable stock exchange) applicable to and legally binding on any of the Companies, Buyer or Seller or any of their respective Affiliates, equity holders, properties, assets, officers, directors, employees or agents, as the case may be.

64

“Authorization” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any order, permit, approval, consent, waiver, license or similar authorization of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Person.

“Benefit Continuation Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(b).

“BEP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(g).

“Borrowers” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a).

“Bought Deal Letter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b).

“Business Day” shall mean any day that the NYSE is normally open for trading and that is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in the City of New York or the City of Toronto are authorized or required to close for regular banking business.

“Buyer” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Buyer Disclosure Schedule” shall mean the disclosure schedule dated as of the date of this Agreement and delivered by Buyer to Seller prior to the execution and delivery of the Agreement.

“Buyer Indemnitees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

“Buyer Material Adverse Effect” shall mean, with respect to Buyer, any effect that prevents, or would reasonably be likely to prevent, Buyer from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis.

“Buyer Retirement Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(d).

“Buyer's Flex Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(f).

“Chosen Courts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.12.

“Claim Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).

“Client” shall mean any Persons to whom the Companies or their Subsidiaries provide services or license Software under any Contract.

“Closing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.3(a).

“Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Closing actually occurs.

“Closing Net Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(a).

“Closing Net Working Capital Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in

Section 1.6(a).

“COBRA” means the provisions for the continuation of health care enacted by the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, and as codified in Section 4980B of the Code and Section 601 et. seq. of ERISA, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

65

“Companies” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Company Balance Sheet” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

“Company Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Company Disclosure Schedule” shall mean the disclosure schedule dated as of the date of this Agreement and delivered by Seller to Buyer prior to the execution and delivery of the Agreement.

“Company Employee” shall mean the employees of, and employees on authorized sabbatical or leave of absence from, any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

“Company Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

“Company First Quarter Balance Sheet” shall have the meaning set forth in

Section 2.6(a).

“Company First Quarter Financial Statements” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(a).

“Company Material Adverse Effect” shall mean any event, circumstance, change, occurrence, effect, fact or condition that has had or would reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business, assets, financial condition or results of operations of the Companies and their Subsidiaries (taken as a whole), except to the extent any such effect results from (i) the announcement, execution or consummation of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (ii) actions of any of the Companies or their Affiliates expressly required by this Agreement or taken with the prior written consent of, or requested in writing by, Buyer; (iii) the identity of Buyer, or any communication by Buyer regarding the plans or intentions of Buyer with respect to the conduct of the HFS Business; (iv) United States, regional, international or global economic, industry or financial market conditions (including changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates or prices of securities or commodities generally or liquidity of trading markets); (v) changes after the date hereof in GAAP; (vi) changes after the date hereof in legal or regulatory requirements, practices or conditions generally applicable to any industry in which the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries operate, including the financial services industry; (vii) an outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States or any other country or the declaration by the United States or any other country of a national emergency or war; (viii) the occurrence of any other calamity or crisis (including any act of terrorism); (ix) any failure, in and of itself, by any of the Companies to meet projections, forecasts or revenue or earnings predictions for any period ending on or after the date of this Agreement (it being understood that the facts or occurrences giving rise to or contributing to such failure may be deemed to constitute, or be taken into account in determining whether there has been or will be, a Company Material Adverse Effect); (x) any item specifically set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule; or (xi) general political conditions in the United States, any region or worldwide; provided, that in each clause (iv)-(viii) and (xi), only to the extent that such event, circumstance, change, occurrence, effect, fact or condition does not have a disproportionate effect on the HFS Business compared to other participants in the industries in which the Companies and their Subsidiaries operate.

“Company Plan” shall mean each Plan primarily maintained by any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries and each Plan maintained exclusively for current service providers of any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries.

66

“Company Software” means all Software that is owned by any of the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries, and which is used in any of the Companies' or any of their respective Subsidiaries' provision of products and services to customers and/or end users.

“Competitive Activities” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.16(a).

“Compliant” shall mean, with respect to the Financing Information, that: (i) the financial statements included in the Financing Information have been prepared in conformity with GAAP throughout the related periods involved and present fairly in all material respects the financial position, income, and cash flows of the Companies as at the dates of and for the periods referred to in such statements, subject, in the case of any unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of related notes, and (ii) the Companies' auditors have not withdrawn any audit opinion with respect to any financial statements contained in the Financing Information;.

“Confidentiality Agreement” shall mean that certain agreement dated as of March 1, 2013 between MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc. and Buyer.

“Contracts” shall mean any contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, lease, conditional sale contract, purchase or sales order, mortgage, license or other enforceable arrangement or agreement to which the applicable Person is a party or by which the applicable Person or any of its properties or assets is bound.

“Controlled Group Liability” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(f).

“Corporate Records” means the corporate records of each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries, including (i) all constating documents and by-laws, (ii) all minutes of meetings and resolutions of shareholders and directors (and any committees), and (iii) the share certificate books, securities register, register of transfers and register of directors.

“Covered HFS Business” shall mean those businesses conducted by the Companies as of the date hereof which provide (i) core processing systems to financial institutions with less than $10 billion in assets as of the date hereof (including for these purposes solutions or services that are offered by the Companies with or offered by the Companies as ancillary to core processing solutions as at the Closing Date offered by the HFS Business), and (ii) loan origination software and compliance software to financial institutions competitive to those offered under the “LaserPro”, “Great Docs”, “DecisionPro” and “CreditQuest” brands as of the date hereof, including any related upgrades to such software, and mobile and internet banking products competitive to the mobile and internet banking products offered under the “Cavion” and “uBanking” brands as of the date hereof, including any related upgrades to such products; provided, however, that the “Covered HFS Business” shall be deemed not to include any Excluded Business Lines.

“Current Assets” shall mean the total current assets of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, determined on the same basis as in the Company Financial Statements and in accordance with GAAP and as adjusted by the specific inclusions and exclusions to current assets provided in Exhibit D.

“Current Liabilities” shall mean the total current liabilities of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, determined on the same basis as in the Company Financial Statements and in accordance with GAAP and as adjusted by the specific inclusions and exclusions to current liabilities provided in Exhibit D.

67

“Damages” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

“Debt Commitment Letter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a).

“Debt Financing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a).

“Deductible Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

“Designated Account” shall mean an account designated by Seller in writing not less than two Business Days prior to the Closing.

“Designated Buyer Group Representations” shall have the meaning set forth in

Section 8.1.

“Designated Covenants” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

“Designated Matters” shall mean the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

“Designated Seller Group Representations” shall have the meaning set forth in

Section 8.1.

“DOJ” shall mean the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice.

“Electronic Data Room” shall mean the electronic data room established by Seller in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

“Equity Financing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b).

“Equity Underwriters” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b).

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules, regulations and class exemptions of the Department of Labor thereunder.

“ERISA Affiliate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(f).

“Estimated Net Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.5(a).

“Estimated Net Working Capital Statement” shall have the meaning set forth in

Section 1.5(a).

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

“Excluded Business Lines” shall mean check and item processing, electronic content management, remote capture, ATM processing, payments, merchant processing, account-to-account and person-to-person transfers, electronic or other bill payment and bill presentment tools and applications, account opening and on boarding, financial accounting, anti-fraud solutions (other than solutions competitive with those solutions set forth in Section 9.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule offered by the HFS Business as at the Closing Date), loan origination and compliance (other than solutions competitive with solutions offered by the HFS Business as at the Closing Date), electronic document delivery, account receivables and account payables management, hosting capabilities, call centers,

68

customer relationship management, electronic or paper statement-, coupon- or letter-related solutions, electronic or paper compliance documents and consulting, business intelligence and analytics, check printing and services, card-related services, surveys, small business services, and marketing and telemarketing services.

“Excluded Taxes” shall mean the following Taxes (in each case, whether imposed, assessed, due or otherwise payable directly, as a successor or transferee, jointly and/or severally, pursuant to a contract or other agreement entered into (or assumed) by the Companies or their Subsidiaries prior to the Closing Date, or any other reason and whether disputed or not):

(i)any Taxes (other than Transfer Taxes) of the Companies and their Subsidiaries for any Pre-Closing Period (including the portion of a Straddle Period that is a Pre-Closing Period);

(ii)any Taxes of Seller or any of their respective Affiliates (other than the Companies and their Subsidiaries) for which any of the Companies and their Subsidiaries may be liable under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax law) as a result of being a member of (or leaving) an affiliated, consolidated, unitary group or other group recognized by Applicable Law on or before the Closing Date (including being a member of (or leaving) the group including the Seller or any of its Affiliates);

(iii)any Taxes arising from or in connection with any breach by Seller of any Indemnified Tax Representation (in each case, determined without regard to any “material”, “knowledge” or similar qualifying language) or any covenant contained in this Agreement (including Section 4.1 or Article VII);

(iv)any Taxes arising from or in connection with any restructuring transactions undertaken by Seller and its Subsidiaries in anticipation of the sale of the Companies pursuant to this Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any transactions pursuant to Section 4.14, Section 4.15 or Section 7.6);

(v)any Taxes arising from any loss, reduction disallowance or unavailability (in whole or in part) of any refund (or credit) that (A) was included in the computation of Final Net Working Capital pursuant to Section 1.6, or (B) without duplication of amounts described in clause (i) of this definition, gave rise to a payment to Seller under Section 7.3; and

(vi)to the extent such amounts were not previously withheld from any payment made by the Buyer to the Seller pursuant to this Agreement, any withholding Taxes (and related interest and penalties) that are imposed on the Buyer in connection with the sale of the Companies pursuant to this Agreement.

For purposes of this Agreement, in the case of any Straddle Period, (x) Property Taxes (and other similar Taxes imposed on a periodic basis) of the Companies and their Subsidiaries shall be allocated between the period ending on the Closing Date and the period beginning after the Closing Date pro rata on the basis of the number of days in such Tax period and (y) Taxes (other than Property Taxes and other similar Taxes of the Companies and their Subsidiaries imposed on a periodic basis) of the Companies and their Subsidiaries for the

69

Pre-Closing Period shall be computed as if such taxable period ended as of the close of business on the Closing Date; provided, however, for purposes of clause (y), any item determined on an annual or periodic basis (including amortization and depreciation deductions and the effects of graduated rates) shall be allocated to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date based on the mechanics set forth in clause (x) for Property Taxes and other periodic Taxes.

“Fee Letter” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a).

“Final Net Working Capital” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(d).

“Financing” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(b).

“Financing Information” shall mean: (i) the Company Financial Statements prepared in accordance with GAAP; (ii) the unaudited combined balance sheet of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011, and the related unaudited combined statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, in each case, together with the notes and schedules thereto and prepared in accordance with GAAP and reviewed by the Companies' independent auditors; (iii) the Company First Quarter Financial Statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and reviewed by the Companies' independent auditors; (iv) the unaudited combined balance sheet of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries as of March 31, 2012, and the related unaudited combined statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries for the three months ended March 31, 2012, in each case, prepared in accordance with GAAP and reviewed by the Companies' independent auditors; and (v)  to the extent reasonably necessary, comfort letters and auditor consents as required by applicable Canadian securities laws in connection with the Equity Financing and as are customary for transactions such as the Equity Financing, each in the customary form of the auditor of the Companies and includes, in all cases, all translations into French as reasonably required.

“Flow-Thru Entity” means (i) any entity, plan or arrangement that is treated for income Tax purposes as a partnership, (ii) a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code, or (iii) a “passive foreign investment corporation” within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code.

“FSA Covered Employees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(f).

“FTC” shall mean the United States Federal Trade Commission.

“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as used in the United States as in effect at the time any applicable financial statements were or are prepared, as consistently applied.

“Governmental Authority” shall mean any United States or foreign government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, including the SEC, the FTC, the DOJ, or any other authority, agency, department, board, commission or instrumentality of the United States, any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof or any foreign jurisdiction, and any court, tribunal or arbitrator(s) of competent jurisdiction.

“Guaranteed Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.7(a).

“Harland Ireland” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

70

“Harland Ireland Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Harland Israel” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Harland Israel Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Harland Subsidiary” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Harland USA” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Harland USA Common Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Harland USA Third Party Debt” shall mean Indebtedness in respect of (i) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of April 4, 2007, among Seller, each Subsidiary of Seller party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Credit Suisse, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative agent and collateral agent, (ii) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of February 20, 2013, among Seller, each Subsidiary of Seller party thereto, the lenders party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, (iii) that certain Indenture, dated as of May 1, 2007 among Seller, the co-issuers and guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof, and (iv) that certain Indenture, dated as of July 24, 2012 among Seller, the co-issuers and guarantors party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified as of the date hereof.

“HC Corp.” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“HFS Business” shall mean the business of the Companies and their Subsidiaries all as conducted on the date of this Agreement and which include providing core processing systems and services, business intelligence solutions, customer relationship management software, bank branch automation solutions, Internet and mobile banking services and lending and mortgage risk management software, analytics and compliance solutions to financial institutions.

“HSR Act” shall mean the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Indebtedness” shall mean, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness, including outstanding principal and interest, for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services, whether or not evidenced by a writing; (ii) any other indebtedness that is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture, draft or similar instrument; (iii) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit; (iv) letters of credit and any other agreements relating to the borrowing of money or extension of credit; and (v) any guarantee of any of the foregoing obligations. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, “Indebtedness” shall not include any trade payables, expenses, or accruals incurred in the Ordinary Course of Business.

“Indemnified Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).

“Indemnifying Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4(a).

“Indemnified Tax Representations” shall mean the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.16(f), (k), (l), (m), (o), (p), (q) and (r).

“Independent Accounting Firm” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(c).

71

“Intellectual Property” shall mean all intellectual property in any jurisdiction throughout the world including all (i) registered and unregistered trademarks, service marks and trade names, pending trademark and service mark registration applications and the goodwill associated with any of the foregoing (collectively, “Trademarks”), Internet domain names, logos, symbols, trade dress, fictitious names, trade names, and other indicia of origin and all goodwill associated therewith and symbolized thereby; (ii) patents and patent applications and reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part of patents or patent applications (collectively, “Patents”) and inventions and discoveries, whether patentable or not, and improvements; (iii) confidential or proprietary information, trade secrets and know-how (including processes, schematics, business and other methods, formulae, drawings, specifications, prototypes, models, designs, plans, data, research and development, pricing and cost information, business and marketing plans and proposals, vendor, customer and supplier lists) (collectively, “Trade Secrets”); (iv) copyrights and works of authorship (including in any form or media) (whether or not copyrightable) and applications for registration of copyrights (collectively, “Copyrights”); (v) Software, systems, data, databases and other compilations of information (and including all tools, applications and related documentation); (vi) disclosures, issuances, applications and registrations and any renewals thereof, and all extensions, modifications, reexaminations, renewals, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, reissues, restorations and reversions for or related to, as applicable, any of the foregoing; and (vii) copies and tangible embodiments or descriptions of any of the foregoing (in whatever form or medium).

“Intercompany Indebtedness”shall mean the total indebtedness owing, including, for greater certainty, any accrued and unpaid interest related thereto, (i) by all of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, on the one hand, to Seller or any Affiliate of Seller other than the Companies or their Subsidiaries, on the other hand or (ii) by Seller and any Affiliate of Seller other than the Companies or their Subsidiaries, on the one hand, to the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries, on the other hand; provided that Intercompany Indebtedness shall not include intercompany payables in respect of services rendered in the Ordinary Course of Business. For the avoidance of doubt, intercompany payables in respect of services rendered as of the Closing shall be handled in a manner consistent with past practice.

“Intercompany Services Information” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.3(c).

“IRS” shall mean the U.S. Internal Revenue Service.

“Knowledge” or “Known” with respect to Seller shall mean the actual knowledge of those individuals set forth in Section 9.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, with respect to Buyer shall mean the actual knowledge of those individuals set forth in Section 9.13(b) of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule and with respect to Parent shall mean the actual knowledge of those individuals set forth in Section 9.13(b) of the Buyer Disclosure Schedule, provided that in all cases such individuals shall have made such due and diligent inquiry of the employees, directors and officers of the Seller, the Companies, the Buyer and Parent, as applicable, as they consider reasonably necessary to the matters that are subject of the representations and warranties; provided, further, that such due and diligent inquiry shall only be required for those matters that reasonably relate to such Person's responsibilities as an employee or officer of Seller or its Subsidiaries or Parent or its Subsidiaries, as applicable.

“Leased Real Property” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(b).

“Leases” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.19(b).

“Legal Actions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.11(b).

72

“Lenders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.7(a).

“License Agreements” shall mean all Contracts with respect to any Intellectual Property that is licensed by or to any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries.

“License Term” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).

“Lien” shall mean any lien, claim, charge, option, encumbrance, mortgage, pledge or security interest or other restriction of any kind.

“Material Company Software” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.18(d).

“Material Contract” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a).

“Maximum Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

“MFH” shall mean MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc.

“M&F Privatization Transaction” shall mean the merger of M&F Worldwide Corp. with an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc. that was effected on December 21, 2011.

“Net Working Capital” shall mean an amount (which may be greater than, equal to or less than zero) equal to all Current Assets minus all Current Liabilities;provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no asset or liability in respect of Taxes based upon, measured by or calculated with respect to net income or profits shall be included in any determination of Net Working Capital.

“Net Working Capital Target” shall mean the amount set forth in Section 9.13(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

“New Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(c).

“Notice of Objection” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b).

“NYSE” shall mean The New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

“Old Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(c).

“Ordinary Course of Business” means, with respect to an action taken by a Person, that such action is consistent with the past practices of the Person and is taken in the ordinary course of the day-to-day operations of the Person.

“Outstanding Checks” shall mean, as of 11:59 p.m. Eastern time on the Closing Date, any checks written (but not yet cleared the bank) by the Companies or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

“Parent” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“Parent Material Adverse Effect” shall mean, with respect to Parent, any effect that prevents, or would reasonably be likely to prevent, Parent from consummating the transactions contemplated hereby on a timely basis.

73

“Performance Demand” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.7(a).

“Permits” shall mean all municipal, state and federal and other governmental permits, licenses, registrations, agreements, waivers and authorizations held or used by the applicable Person in connection with its business and operations.

“Permitted Liens” shall mean all (i) Liens granted in favor of the Seller's lenders that will be released and discharged at or prior to the Closing; (ii) Liens that are for Taxes or assessments that are not yet due and payable; (iii) workmen's, repairmen's, warehousemen's, vendors', mechanics' or carriers' Liens or other similar Liens arising in the Ordinary Course of Business, or deposits or pledges to obtain the release of any such Liens; (iv) in the case of the Leased Real Property, (A) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor or licensor (including statutory landlords' Liens) under Leases to which a Person or an Affiliate of such Person is a party and (B) any Lien to which the fee simple interest (or any superior leasehold interest) is subject; and (v) zoning restrictions, easements, rights of way, licenses and restrictions on the use of real property, defects, irregularities or imperfections in title thereto and other encumbrances in property that do not materially impair the use or occupancy of such property in the normal operation of the business or the value of such property for the purpose of such business.

“Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, company, partnership (limited or general), limited liability company, joint venture, association, trust or other entity or organization, including any Governmental Authority.

“Plans” shall mean each employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) and each compensation, bonus, incentive, deferred compensation, capital appreciation, pension, profit sharing, retirement, option, equity or equity-based, employment, change of control, severance, reduction-in-force, termination pay or similar plan, program, policy, practice, arrangement or agreement, and each life, hospitalization, medical or other welfare or employee benefit insurance or fringe benefit plan, program, policy, practice, arrangement or agreement.

“Post-Closing Period” shall mean, with respect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries, any taxable year or period that begins after the Closing Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such period beginning after the Closing Date.

“Pre-Closing Period” shall mean, with respect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries, any taxable year or period that ends on or before the Closing Date and, in the case of any Straddle Period, the portion of such period ending on and including the Closing Date.

“Proceedings” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.12.

“Property Taxes” shall mean real, personal and intangible ad valorem property Taxes.

“Public Company” shall mean any company that has publicly traded equity securities that are registered with the SEC, and have reporting obligations, under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

“Publicly Available Software” means any Software that (a) contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any Software that is distributed as “free software” or “open source software”, or pursuant to “open source,” “copyleft” or similar licensing and distribution models; and (b) requires as a condition of use, modification, and/or distribution of such Software that such Software or other Software incorporated into, derived from, or distributed with such Software (i) be disclosed or distributed in source code form; (ii) be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works; and (iii) be redistributable at no or minimal charge.

74

“Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.2.

“Qualified Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.17(c).

“Regulatory Laws” shall mean the HSR Act; the Sherman Antitrust Act of 1890, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; the Clayton Act of 1914, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; the Federal Trade Commission Act of 1914, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and any other federal, state and foreign statutes, rules, regulations, orders, decrees, administrative and judicial doctrines and other laws that are designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade or lessening of competition through merger or acquisition.

“Representatives” of a Person shall mean any of such Person's officers, directors, employees, agents, Affiliates or representatives.

“Required Approvals” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.5(a).

“Review Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1.6(b).

“Scantron Holdings” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, and any successor thereto.

“Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

“Seller” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

“Seller Indemnitees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

“Seller Names” shall mean the names or marks of Seller or any of its Affiliates that comprise or include all or any of the following: “Harland” (other thanas used in “Harland Financial Solutions” or “Harland Financial”), “John H. Harland,” “Harland Clarke”, “Faneuil” and “Scantron” either alone or in combination with other words and all marks, trade dress, logos, monograms, domain names and other source identifiers confusingly similar to or embodying any of the foregoing either alone or in combination with other words, but shall not include any Transition Names or the name “HFS”.

“Seller Plan” shall mean each Plan maintained by Seller under which any of the Companies or their Subsidiaries is a participating employer or in which one or more Company Employees participate; provided, however, that in no event shall any Company Plan be a Seller Plan.

“Seller Retirement Plans” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(d).

“Seller's Flex Plan” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(f).

“SIP” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.9(a).

“Software” means software, firmware, middleware, and computer programs, including any and all software implementations of algorithms, models and methodologies, whether in source code, object code, executable or binary code.

75

“Straddle Period” shall mean, with respect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries, any taxable period beginning on or prior to and ending after the Closing Date.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to a specified Person, any other Person of which the specified Person owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting stock (or of any other form of other voting or controlling equity interest in the case of a Person that is not a corporation) or of which the specified Person controls the management.

“Survival Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

“Tax Claim” shall mean any claim with respect to Taxes made by any Taxing Authority that, if pursued successfully, would reasonably be expected to serve as the basis for a claim under Article VII.

“Tax Proceeding” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(b).

“Tax Return” shall mean all returns, declarations, reports, statements, estimates, information statements, claim for refund, and other forms and documents required to be filed with any Taxing Authority in connection with the calculation, determination, assessment or collection of, any Taxes and any amendments or attachments thereto.

“Taxes” shall mean any net income, capital gains, gross income, gross receipts, net receipts, sales, use, transfer, ad valorem, value added, franchise, profits, license, capital, withholding, payroll or other employment, estimated, goods and services, severance, excise, stamp, registration, recording, occupation, premium, personal property, real property, unclaimed property, social security, environmental (including Section 59A of the Code), alternative or add-on, registration, windfall profits or other tax, imposts, levies, assessments, charges, customs duties or amount imposed by (or otherwise payable to) any Taxing Authority, or any interest, any penalties, additions to tax or additional amounts assessed, imposed, or otherwise due or payable under Applicable Laws with respect to taxes, in each case, whether disputed or not.

“Taxing Authority” shall mean any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or other imposition of any Tax.

“Termination Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a)(v).

“Third Party Licenses” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.18(e).

“Transfer Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.8.

“Transition Materials” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).

“Transition Names” shall mean the name “Harland Financial Solutions” (in its entirety), the logos listed in Section 9.13(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and the names of each of the Companies and their respective Subsidiaries (in each's entirety) as of immediately prior to Closing.

76

“Transition Services Agreement” shall mean a transition services agreement to be entered into at the Closing between Seller and Buyer, substantially in the form set forth on Exhibit A hereto.

“Wire Transfer” shall mean a payment in immediately available funds by wire transfer in lawful money of the United States to such account or to a number of accounts as shall have been designated by written notice from the receiving party to the paying party.

[Signature Page Follows]

77

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS CORP.
By:	/s/ Chuck Dawson
	Name: Chuck Dawson
	Title: Chief Executive Officer

SPOKE ACQUISITION, INC.
By:	/s/ Brian Kyle
	Name: Brian Kyle
	Title: Executive Vice President and
	Chief Financial Officer

D+H Ltd.
By:	/s/ Brian Kyle
	Name: Brian Kyle
	Title: Executive Vice President and
	Chief Financial Officer

DAVIS + HENDERSON CORPORATION (solely for the purposes of Section 4.2, Section 4.4, Section 4.21, Section 4.22, Section 8.3, Section 9.7 and Section 9.8)
By:	/s/ Brian Kyle
	Name: Brian Kyle
	Title: Executive Vice President and
	Chief Financial Officer

MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc. (solely for the purposes of Section 4.13, Section 4.16, Section 4.19, Section 8.2 and Section 9.9)
By:	/s/ Barry F. Schwartz
	Name: Barry F. Schwartz
	Title: Executive Vice Chairman

78

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and

Harland Israel, Limited

__________

Combined Financial Statements

For the Year Ended December 31, 2012,

the Period December 22 to December 31, 2011 (unaudited)

and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

F-1

Report of Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors of Harland Financial Solutions Inc., Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited

We have audited the accompanying combined financial statements of Harland Financial Solutions Inc., Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited (together, the "Company"), which comprise the combined balance sheet as of December 31, 2012, and the related combined statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in business equity and cash flows for the year then ended, and the related notes to the combined financial statements.  

Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free of material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor's Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.  

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the combined financial position of the Company at December 31, 2012, and the combined results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

San Antonio, Texas

July 3, 2013

F-2

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Combined Balance Sheets

(in millions)

	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
				(unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	7.6		$	40.5
Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $0.4 and $0.2)	39.1			38.2
Receivable from parent	14.2			—
Income taxes receivable	0.3			10.5
Deferred tax assets	12.5			—
Prepaid expenses	10.4			7.5
Other current assets	0.9			0.4
Total current assets	85.0			97.1
Property, plant and equipment, net	19.7			19.5
Goodwill	284.7			283.8
Other intangible assets, net	297.7			321.1
Other assets	28.1			2.5
Total assets	$	715.2		$	724.0
LIABILITIES AND BUSINESS EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	8.7		$	6.8
Deferred revenues	84.9			43.7
Deferred tax liabilities	—			3.8
Current maturities of long-term debt	23.6			5.8
Accrued liabilities:
Salaries, wages and employee benefits	14.3			15.2
Income and other taxes payable	1.2			1.2
Payable to parent	—			1.0
Other current liabilities	6.8			5.6
Total current liabilities	139.5			83.1
Long-term debt	420.4			450.4
Deferred tax liabilities	117.6			145.0
Deferred revenues	15.7			4.0
Other liabilities	9.2			7.5
Commitments and contingencies
Business equity:
Paid-in capital	35.4			35.4
Accumulated deficit	(22.9		)	(1.3		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	0.3			—
Derivative fair-value adjustments	—			(0.1		)
Total accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes	0.3			(0.1		)
Total business equity	12.8			34.0
Total liabilities and business equity	$	715.2		$	724.0

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

F-3

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Combined Statements of Operations

(in millions)

The acquisition method of accounting was used to revalue assets and liabilities assumed as a result of the MacAndrews Acquisition on December 21, 2011. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements of the Successor and Predecessor are not comparable in all material respects since those financial statements report financial position, results of operations and cash flows on a different basis of accounting for the periods before and after the MacAndrews Acquisition. See Notes 1 and 3.

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year ended December 31, 2012			December 22 to December 31, 2011			January 1 to December 21, 2011
				(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Product revenues, net	$	79.1		$	1.1		$	71.0
Service revenues, net	175.1			5.1			210.2
Total net revenues	254.2			6.2			281.2
Cost of products sold	18.7			0.6			19.8
Cost of services provided	107.8			2.7			95.8
Total cost of revenues	126.5			3.3			115.6
Gross profit	127.7			2.9			165.6
Selling, general and administrative expenses (see Note 14)	106.0			3.8			112.0
Revaluation of contingent consideration	(0.6		)	—			(0.7		)
Asset impairment charges	0.1			—			—
Restructuring costs	0.4			—			0.4
Operating income (loss)	21.8			(0.9		)	53.9
Interest expense	(47.4		)	(1.3		)	(20.2		)
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	(10.7		)	—			—
Loss from equity method investment	(0.1		)	—			—
(Loss) income before income taxes	(36.4		)	(2.2		)	33.7
(Benefit) provision for income taxes	(14.8		)	(0.9		)	14.0
Net (loss) income	$	(21.6	)	$	(1.3	)	$	19.7

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

F-4

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Combined Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(in millions)

The acquisition method of accounting was used to revalue assets and liabilities assumed as a result of the MacAndrews Acquisition on December 21, 2011. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements of the Successor and Predecessor are not comparable in all material respects since those financial statements report financial position, results of operations and cash flows on a different basis of accounting for the periods before and after the MacAndrews Acquisition. See Notes 1 and 3.

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year ended December 31, 2012			December 22 to December 31, 2011			January 1 to December 21, 2011
				(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Net (loss) income	$	(21.6	)	$	(1.3	)	$	19.7
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments	0.3			—			(0.5		)
Changes in derivative instruments:
Changes in fair value of interest rate swaps during period	—			(0.1		)	(0.6		)
Less reclassification adjustments for loss included in net (loss) income	0.1			—			2.1
Net changes in derivative instruments	0.1			(0.1		)	1.5
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax	0.4			(0.1		)	1.0
Comprehensive (loss) income	$	(21.2	)	$	(1.4	)	$	20.7
Tax Benefit (Expense) of Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income Included in Above Amounts:
Changes in fair value of interest rate swaps during period	$	—		$	—		$	0.4
Less reclassification adjustments for loss on derivative instruments included in net (loss) income	—						(1.4		)
Total net tax benefit (expense) included in other comprehensive (loss) income	$	—		$	—		$	(1.0	)

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

F-5

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Combined Statements of Business Equity

(in millions)

The acquisition method of accounting was used to revalue assets and liabilities assumed as a result of the MacAndrews Acquisition on December 21, 2011. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements of the Successor and Predecessor are not comparable in all material respects since those financial statements report financial position, results of operations and cash flows on a different basis of accounting for the periods before and after the MacAndrews Acquisition. See Notes 1 and 3.

	Paid-In Capital			Retained Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)			Accumulated Other Comprehensive(Loss) Income			Total
Predecessor
Balance at December 31, 2010 (unaudited)	$	245.9		$	(4.1	)	$	(4.2	)	$	237.6
Net income	—			19.7			—			19.7
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	—			—			1.0			1.0
Balance at December 21, 2011 (unaudited)	245.9			15.6			(3.2		)	258.3
Successor
Change in ownership	(245.9		)	(15.6		)	3.2			(258.3		)
Allocation of equity consideration from MacAndrews Acquisition	35.4			—			—			35.4
Net loss	—			(1.3		)	—			(1.3		)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax	—			—			(0.1		)	(0.1		)
Balance at December 31, 2011 (unaudited)	35.4			(1.3		)	(0.1		)	34.0
Net loss	—			(21.6		)	—			(21.6		)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	—			—			0.4			0.4
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	35.4		$	(22.9	)	$	0.3		$	12.8

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

F-6

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

The acquisition method of accounting was used to revalue assets and liabilities assumed as a result of the MacAndrews Acquisition on December 21, 2011. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements of the Successor and Predecessor are not comparable in all material respects since those financial statements report financial position, results of operations and cash flows on a different basis of accounting for the periods before and after the MacAndrews Acquisition. See Notes 1 and 3.

	Successor									Predecessor
	Year ended December 31, 2012				December 22 to December 31, 2011					January 1 to December 21, 2011
					(unaudited)					(unaudited)
Operating activities
Net (loss) income		$	(21.6	)		$	(1.3		)		$	19.7
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	9.1				0.2					4.5
Amortization of intangible assets	29.3				0.8					21.6
Amortization of debt fair value adjustments, original issue discount and deferred financing fees	27.1				—					2.4
Loss on early extinguishment of debt	10.7				—					—
Revaluation of contingent consideration	(0.6			)	—					(0.7			)
Deferred income taxes	(44.5			)	(1.9				)	0.7
Asset impairments	0.1				—					—
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(6.9			)	(7.5				)	6.2
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(12.6			)	(1.9				)	(3.3			)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	8.3				3.8					(7.9			)
Deferred revenues	52.8				9.0					2.4
Income and other taxes	9.8				1.1					(15.5			)
Other, net	0.3				—					(0.1			)
Net cash provided by operating activities	61.3				2.3					30.0
Investing activities
Additional purchase price consideration for previous acquisition	—				—					(0.2			)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment	—				—					0.1
Capital expenditures	(9.6			)	—					(7.0			)
Computer software development	(5.9			)	—					(0.9			)
Net cash used in investing activities	(15.5			)	—					(8.0			)
Financing activities
Cash inflow from parent	381.4				10.1					325.9
Cash outflow to parent	(403.6			)	(10.2				)	(323.1			)
Payments for derivative instruments	(3.1			)	(1.1				)	—
Issuance of notes	69.1				—					—
Repayments of credit agreements and other borrowings	(118.6			)	(3.6				)	(14.4			)
Debt issuance costs	(3.9			)	—					—
Net cash used in financing activities	(78.7			)	(4.8				)	(11.6			)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(32.9			)	(2.5				)	10.4
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	40.5				43.0					32.6
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	7.6			$	40.5				$	43.0
Supplemental disclosure of cash paid for:
Interest, net of amounts capitalized	$	16.8			$	2.4				$	16.6
Income taxes, net of refunds	20.0				—					28.9
Non cash investing activities:
Acquisition of equity method investment	$	(7.0		)	$			—		$	—

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

F-7

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

1.  Description of the Business and Basis of Presentation

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. ("Harland Financial Solutions") and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited (together, the "Company") are each separate, indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. ("Harland Clarke Holdings" or "Parent"). There is no direct controlling financial interest between the three entities. The accompanying financial statements and notes combine the three entities for presentation purposes. The combined financial statements include the accounts of each entity after the elimination of all material intercompany accounts and transactions.

Harland Clarke Holdings is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of M & F Worldwide Corp. ("M & F Worldwide"), which is, as of December 21, 2011, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc. ("MacAndrews"). MacAndrews is wholly owned by Ronald O. Perelman. On September 12, 2011, M & F Worldwide agreed to merge with an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews, and following a vote of stockholders of M & F Worldwide and the satisfaction or waiver of closing conditions, that merger was effected on December 21, 2011 (hereafter referred to as the "MacAndrews Acquisition").

As a result of the MacAndrews Acquisition, which resulted in a change in ownership of M & F Worldwide, the Company was required to use the acquisition method of accounting to revalue its assets and liabilities as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition. Such accounting results in a number of changes (see Note 3), including, but not limited to, decreased revenues as a result of fair value adjustments to deferred revenues, increased depreciation and amortization as a result of the revaluation of assets and increased non-cash interest expense that results from adjusting the Company's long-term debt to fair value as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements for the Predecessor and Successor periods are not comparable in all material respects and the Company is required to present separately its operating results for periods before and after the MacAndrews Acquisition. The period prior to the MacAndrews Acquisition (the period January 1 to December 21, 2011) is presented in the accompanying combined financial statements as "Predecessor." The periods subsequent to the MacAndrews Acquisition (the year ended December 31, 2012 and the period December 22 to December 31, 2011) are presented in the accompanying combined financial statements as "Successor."

The Company supplies software and services to financial services clients worldwide offering its solutions both in-house and as a service bureau. Services include lending and mortgage compliance and origination applications, risk management solutions, business intelligence solutions, Internet and mobile banking applications, branch automation solutions, self-service solutions, electronic payment solutions and core processing systems, principally targeted at financial institutions, including banks, credit unions and thrifts. The Company supplies software and services to more than 5,400 financial services clients.

Harland Clarke Holdings and each of its existing domestic subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions, other than unrestricted subsidiaries (of which there are none as of December 31, 2012) and certain immaterial subsidiaries, are guarantors and in some instances may also be co-borrowers under the Term Loan and co-issuers under the 2015 Senior Notes and 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as hereinafter defined) (see Note 8). Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited are not guarantors, co-borrowers or co-issuers under any of Harland Clarke Holdings' debt agreements. Harland Clarke Holdings is a holding company and has no significant assets at December 31, 2012 and no operations. The guarantees and the obligations of the subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings are full and unconditional and joint and several, and any subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings other than the subsidiary guarantors and obligors are not significant.

2.  Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-8

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes product and service revenue when persuasive evidence of a non-cancelable arrangement exists, products have been shipped and/or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable, collectability is reasonably assured, legal title and economic risk is transferred to the customer and an economic exchange has taken place. Revenues are recorded net of any applicable discounts and allowances for sales returns.

For multiple-element software arrangements, total revenue is allocated to each element based on vendor specific objective evidence ("VSOE"), of its fair value represented by the price charged when the elements are sold separately. VSOE must exist for the undelivered elements to allocate the total revenue among all delivered elements and non-essential undelivered elements of the arrangement. When VSOE of fair value has been established for maintenance and professional services but not for software licenses, the residual method is used to allocate revenue to the license portion of multiple element arrangements. VSOE for certain elements of an arrangement is based upon the pricing in comparable transactions when the element is sold separately. VSOE for maintenance is primarily based upon customer renewal history when the services are sold separately. VSOE for professional services is also based upon the price charged when the services are sold separately.

If the undelivered elements of the arrangement are essential to the functionality of the software product(s), revenue is deferred until the essential elements are delivered. If VSOE does not exist for one or more non-essential undelivered elements, revenue is deferred until such evidence does exist for the undelivered elements, or until all elements are delivered, whichever is earlier. If VSOE of all non-essential undelivered elements exist but VSOE does not exist for one or more of the delivered elements, revenue is recognized using the residual method. Under the residual method, the revenue for the undelivered elements is deferred based upon VSOE and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue for the delivered elements, assuming all other criteria for revenue recognition have been met. When VSOE does not exist for maintenance and/or non-essential undelivered elements of multiple element arrangements, revenue is deferred until all elements are delivered or VSOE is established for the undelivered elements, whichever is earlier. In the fourth quarter of 2012, the Company achieved VSOE for maintenance on some of its time-based agreements. This allows for revenue from these agreements to be recognized using the residual method.

For licenses that are hosted (cloud services), revenue is allocated to separate units of accounting based on the hierarchy of VSOE, third-party evidence ("TPE") or best estimate of selling price ("BESP"). VSOE and TPE are not available so the BESP is used. Under the BESP method the concept of the residual method is eliminated and discounts are allocated across all deliverables in proportion to the relative selling price. Separate units of accounting exist if they have standalone value. Standalone value exists if the Company or other vendors sell the same item separately or the customer could resell the item on a standalone basis. Standalone value exists for most individual modules of the Company's hosted licenses because they are sold separately or as a group depending on the needs of customers. For each module, revenue is deferred until related professional services are complete. If standalone value does not exist then revenue for all modules and professional services in an arrangement are deferred until services are complete. Under either scenario, once services are complete, revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining term of the contract.

For arrangements that include both licenses and cloud services, each is accounted for under its relevant guidance.

Each new license includes maintenance, including the right to receive telephone support, "bug fixes" and unspecified upgrades and enhancements, for a specified duration of time, usually one year. Maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the life of the related maintenance contract. Maintenance contracts on perpetual licenses generally renew annually. Maintenance fees are typically invoiced on an annual basis prior to the anniversary date of the license. Time-based and usage-based licenses may include maintenance as a bundled item that is committed for the period of the agreement. Revenue from licensing of software under usage-based contracts is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement or on an actual usage basis.

Non-essential professional services revenue includes fees derived from the delivery of certain training, installation, and consulting services. Revenue from non-essential training, installation, and consulting services is recognized on a time and materials basis or after delivery is complete.

F-9

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

Essential professional services typically involve significant production, modification or customization of the software. Revenue from essential services is combined with license revenue and recognized on either a percentage-of-completion or completed contract basis. Percentage-of-completion recognizes both license and services revenue as the services are performed using an input method based on labor hours. Estimates of efforts to complete a project are used in the percentage-of-completion calculation. Due to the uncertainties inherent in these estimates, actual results could differ from those estimates. Completed contract basis is used either when reliable estimates of effort are not available, or if VSOE does not exist for one or more elements, or if there are substantive customer acceptance provisions. Under this methodology all revenue is deferred until all services are complete, or the acceptance conditions have been met.

Revenue from outsourced data processing services and other transaction processing services is recognized one month in arrears based on the transactions processed or the services rendered.

The contractual terms of software sales do not provide for product returns or allowances. However, on occasion the Company may allow for returns or allowances primarily in the case of a new product release. Provisions for estimated returns and sales allowances are established by the Company concurrently with the recognition of revenue and are based on a variety of factors including actual return and sales allowance history and projected economic conditions.

Service revenues are comprised of revenues derived from software maintenance agreements, software implementation services, software as a service, core processing service bureau deliverables, consulting services, training services and other services.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all cash on hand, money market funds and other highly liquid debt instruments with a maturity, when purchased, of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

Investments

The Company has an investment consisting of corporate equity securities which is accounted for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the original investment is recorded at cost and is adjusted periodically to recognize the Company's share of earnings and losses after the date of the acquisition. Dividends received reduce the basis of the investment. The Company's share of earnings and losses are shown as a separate line item in the accompanying combined statements of operations. The corporate equity securities are classified as noncurrent and are included in other assets in the accompanying combined balance sheets. See Note 11.

If the market value of an investment declines below its cost, the Company evaluates whether the decline is temporary or other than temporary. The Company considers several factors in determining whether a decline is temporary including the length of time market value has been below cost, the magnitude of the decline, financial prospects of the issuer or business and the Company's intention to hold the security. If a decline in market value of an investment is determined to be other than temporary, a charge to earnings is recorded for the loss and a new cost basis in the investment is established.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and generally do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is the Company's best estimate of the amount of probable losses in its existing accounts receivable based on historical losses and current economic conditions. Account balances are charged against the allowance when the Company believes it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The Company does not have any off-balance sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

Inventories

The Company's inventories were $0.4 and $0.4 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and consisted of hardware purchased for resale to specific customers. Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market value. The Company determines cost by the specific identification method.

F-10

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

Advertising

Advertising costs, which are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses as incurred, consist mainly of marketing new and existing products, re-branding existing products and launching new initiatives. The Company's advertising expense was $2.8, $0.0 and $2.2 for fiscal year 2012, the period December 22 to December 31, 2011 and the period January 1 to December 21, 2011, respectively.

Property, Plant and Equipment

The Company states property, plant and equipment at cost. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Additions, improvements and replacements that extend the asset life are capitalized. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of such assets. The Company amortizes leasehold improvements over the shorter of the useful life of the related asset or the lease term. Certain leases also contain tenant improvement allowances, which are recorded as a leasehold improvement and deferred rent and amortized over the lease term. The Company eliminates cost and accumulated depreciation applicable to assets retired or otherwise disposed of from the accounts and reflects any gain or loss on such disposition in operating results. As further discussed below, the Company capitalizes the qualifying costs incurred during the development stage on software to be sold, leased or otherwise marketed, internally developed software and software obtained for internal use and amortizes the costs over the estimated useful life of the software. The Company capitalizes interest on qualified long-term projects and depreciates it over the life of the related asset.

The useful lives for computing depreciation are as follows:

	Years
Machinery and equipment	3 - 15
Computer software and hardware	3 - 5
Leasehold improvements	1 - 20
Furniture, fixtures and transportation equipment	5 - 8

Software and Other Development Costs

The Company expenses research and development expenditures as incurred, including expenditures related to the development of software products that do not qualify for capitalization. The amounts expensed totaled $9.1, $0.0 and $13.7 for fiscal year 2012, the period December 22 to December 31, 2011 and the period January 1 to December 21, 2011, respectively, and were primarily costs incurred related to the development of software.

Software development costs incurred for sold, leased, or otherwise marketed software prior to the establishment of technological feasibility are expensed as incurred. Software development costs incurred after establishing the technological feasibility of the subject software product and before its availability for sale are capitalized and are included in other intangible assets, net on the accompanying combined balance sheets. Capitalized software development costs are amortized on a product-by-product basis over the estimated economic life of the product using a straight-line method with related amortization expense in cost of products sold on the accompanying combined statements of operations. Unamortized software development costs in excess of estimated net realizable value from a particular product are written down to their estimated net realizable value.

The Company capitalizes costs to develop or obtain computer software for internal use once the preliminary project stage has been completed, management commits to funding the project and it is probable that the project will be completed and the software will be used to perform the function intended. Capitalized costs include only (1) external direct costs of materials and services consumed in developing or obtaining internal-use software, (2) payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with and who devote time to the internal-use software project and (3) interest costs incurred, when significant, while developing internal-use software. Capitalization of costs ceases when the project is substantially complete and ready for its intended use and is included in property, plant and equipment, net on the accompanying combined balance sheets. Capitalized costs to develop or obtain computer software for internal use are amortized over the estimated useful life using a straight-line method with related amortization expense in cost of revenues and selling, general and administrative expenses on the accompanying combined statements of operations.

F-11

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. Acquired intangibles are recorded at fair value as of the date acquired. Goodwill is not amortized, but is tested for impairment annually in the fourth quarter, or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired, such as a significant adverse change in the business climate.

The goodwill impairment test is a two-step process, which requires management to make judgments in determining what assumptions to use in the calculation. The first step of the process consists of estimating the fair value of the reporting unit.

The Company utilizes both the income and market approaches to estimate the fair value of the reporting unit. The income approach involves discounting future estimated cash flows. The discount rate used is the value-weighted average of the reporting unit's estimated cost of equity and debt ("cost of capital") derived using, both known and estimated, customary market metrics. The Company performs sensitivity tests with respect to growth rates and discount rates used in the income approach. In applying the market approach, valuation multiples are derived from historical and projected operating data of selected guideline companies; evaluated and adjusted, if necessary, based on the strengths and weaknesses of the reporting unit relative to the selected guideline companies; and applied to the appropriate historical and/or projected operating data of the reporting unit to arrive at an indication of fair value. The Company weights the results of the income and market approaches equally.

If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to compute the amount of the impairment by determining an "implied fair value" of goodwill. The determination of the Company's "implied fair value" requires the Company to allocate the estimated fair value of the reporting unit to the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit. Any unallocated fair value represents the "implied fair value" of goodwill, which is compared to the corresponding carrying value.

The results of the Company's annual test for 2012 and 2011 indicated no goodwill impairment as its estimated fair value was greater than its carrying value.

The annual impairment evaluation for goodwill involves significant estimates made by management. The discounted cash flow analyses require various judgmental assumptions about sales, operating margins, growth rates and discount rates. Assumptions about sales, operating margins and growth rates are based on the Company's budgets, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows and marketplace data. Changes in estimates could have a material effect on the carrying amount of goodwill in future periods.

Intangible assets that are deemed to have a finite life are amortized over their estimated useful life generally using accelerated methods that are based on expected cash flows. They are also evaluated for impairment as discussed below in "Long-Lived Assets."

Costs to renew or extend the term of a recognized intangible asset are expensed as incurred and are not significant.

Long-Lived Assets

When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset other than goodwill may not be recoverable, the Company assesses the recoverability of such asset based on estimates of future undiscounted cash flows compared to net book value. If the future undiscounted cash flow estimates are less than net book value, net book value would then be reduced to estimated fair value, which generally approximates discounted cash flows. The Company also evaluates the amortization periods of assets to determine whether events or circumstances warrant revised estimates of useful lives.

Income and Other Taxes

The Company computes income taxes under the liability method. Under the liability method, the Company generally determines deferred income taxes based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. The Company records net deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not that it will realize the tax benefits.

As part of the process of preparing its combined financial statements, the Company is required to calculate the amount of income tax in each jurisdiction in which it operates. On a regular basis, the amount of taxable income is reviewed by various federal, state and foreign taxing authorities. As such, the Company routinely provides reserves for unrecognized tax benefits for items that it believes could be challenged by these taxing authorities.

F-12

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

The Company records any tax assessed by a governmental authority that is both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer, which may include, but is not limited to, sales, use, value added, and excise taxes, on a net basis in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

Postretirement Defined Contribution Plan

The Company participates in the Harland Clarke Holdings defined contribution 401(k) plan, which covers certain current employees of the Company who meet eligibility requirements.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The functional currency for each of the Company's foreign members is its local currency. The Company translates all assets and liabilities denominated in foreign functional currencies into United States dollars at rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date and statement of operations items at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the period. The Company records translation gains and losses as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in the business equity section of the Company's balance sheets. Gains and losses resulting from transactions in other than functional currencies are reflected in operating results, except for transactions of a long-term nature. The Company considers undistributed earnings of certain foreign members to be permanently invested. As a result, no income taxes have been provided on these undistributed earnings or on the foreign currency translation adjustments recorded as a part of other comprehensive income (loss).

Self-Insurance

The Company participates in the Harland Clarke Holdings self-insured programs for certain workers' compensation and group medical costs subject to stop-loss limits. Provisions for losses expected under these programs are recorded based on the Company's estimates of the aggregate liabilities for the claims incurred. Payments for estimated claims beyond one year have been discounted. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, the combined liabilities for self-insured workers' compensation and group medical were $0.9 and $0.8, respectively.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses derivative financial instruments to manage interest rate risk related to a portion of its long-term debt. The Company recognizes all derivatives at fair value as either assets or liabilities in the combined balance sheets and changes in the fair values of such instruments are recognized in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. If specific cash flow hedge accounting criteria are met, the Company recognizes the changes in fair value of these instruments in other comprehensive income (loss) until the underlying debt instrument being hedged is settled or the Company determines that the specific hedge accounting criteria are no longer met.

On the date the interest rate derivative contract is entered into, the Company designates the derivative as either a fair value hedge or a cash flow hedge. The Company formally documents the relationship between hedging instruments and the hedged items, as well as its risk-management objectives and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Company links all hedges that are designated as fair value hedges to specific assets or liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments. The Company links all hedges that are designated as cash flow hedges to forecasted transactions or to liabilities on the balance sheet. The Company also assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an on-going basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. No components of the hedging instruments are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. If an existing derivative were to become not highly effective as a hedge, the Company would discontinue hedge accounting prospectively.

F-13

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

Deferred Financing Fees

Deferred financing fees are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method over the term of the respective financing agreements. Unamortized balances are reflected in other assets in the accompanying combined balance sheets and were $3.5 and $0.0 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Restructuring Charges

The Company has restructuring costs related primarily to facility consolidations and workforce rationalization. The costs primarily consist of employee termination benefits which are accrued when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the liability is reasonably estimable. In addition to employee termination benefits and facility closure costs, other restructuring costs include, but are not limited to, training and travel, which are expensed as incurred.

Fair Value Measurements

The Company measures fair value using a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value. These tiers include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions (see Note 10).

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted amended guidance related to the requirement for an annual goodwill impairment test. The amendment provides entities an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. This amendment affects testing steps only, and therefore adoption did not affect the Company's combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted amended guidance related to the presentation of comprehensive income. The amendment requires companies to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income either as one continuous statement or as two separate but consecutive statements. It eliminates the option to report other comprehensive income and its components as part of the statement of changes in business equity. This amendment affects presentation and disclosure only, and therefore adoption did not affect the Company's combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Effective January 1, 2012, the Company adopted amended guidance related to fair value measurement. The guidance results in a consistent definition of fair value and common requirements for measurement of and disclosure about fair value between United States generally accepted accounting principles and International Financial Reporting Standards. The adoption of this amended guidance did not have a material effect on the Company's combined financial position, results of operations, cash flows or related disclosures.

3. Acquisitions

MacAndrews Acquisition of M & F Worldwide

On September 12, 2011, M & F Worldwide, the indirect parent of the Company, agreed, subject to various closing conditions, to merge with an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews, and following a vote of stockholders of M & F Worldwide and the satisfaction or waiver of all other closing conditions, that merger was effected on December 21, 2011. The transaction was accounted for as a business combination. M & F Worldwide allocated its new equity basis amongst itself, the Company, other subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings and operating subsidiaries of M & F Worldwide and allocated and pushed down $35.4 of the new equity basis to the Company as of the acquisition date.

F-14

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the Company's assets and liabilities assumed at the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition:

Cash			$	43.0
Accounts receivable			30.7
Property, plant and equipment			19.7
Goodwill			284.6
Other intangible assets:
Customer relationships	$	262.0
Tradenames	23.0
Technology	37.0
Total other intangible assets			322.0
Other assets			30.7
Total assets acquired			730.7
Deferred revenues			38.8
Long-term debt			459.7
Deferred tax liabilities			164.5
Other liabilities			32.3
Net assets acquired			$	35.4

Goodwill in the amount of approximately $43.9 and intangible assets in the amount of approximately $20.3 are deductible for tax purposes. During 2012, the Company recorded a net change in deferred taxes of $0.8 in accordance with applicable accounting guidance with a corresponding increase in goodwill. The goodwill arises because the total consideration for the acquisition allocated to the Company, which reflects its future earnings and cash flow potential, exceeds the fair value of net assets acquired.

As part of the application of fair value accounting for business combinations, the carrying values of long-term debt and deferred revenues were decreased by $83.3 and $49.8, respectively. These fair value adjustments result in higher interest expense and lower revenues being recognized over the related earnings period, both of which are non-cash adjustments (of which $26.5 and $0.9 was reflected as increased interest expense and $43.3 and $2.0 was reflected as reduced revenues in the year ended December 31, 2012 and during the period from December 22 to December 31, 2011, respectively). The Company also wrote-off $10.7 of the non-cash fair value adjustment to long-term debt in the third quarter of 2012 as a result of refinancing transactions (see Note 8).

Pro Forma Financial Information

The unaudited financial information in the table below summarizes the results of operations of the Company, on a pro forma basis, as though the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of the year presented. The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for informational purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if this transaction had taken place at the beginning of the year presented, nor does it purport to represent results of operations for future periods.

	Unaudited Pro Forma
	Year ended December 31, 2011
Net revenues	$	243.1
Operating income	6.1
Net loss	(25.3		)
Depreciation and amortization (excluding amortization of deferred financing fees)	36.3

F-15

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

In the pro forma information above, the results prior to the acquisition were adjusted to include the pro forma effect of: the adjustment of amortization of intangible assets and depreciation of fixed assets based on the acquisition accounting allocations; the adjustment of interest expense reflecting the amortization of fair value adjustments of Company's outstanding long-term debt; deferred revenues and other deferred expenses; and to reflect the impact of income taxes with respect to the pro forma adjustments, utilizing an estimated effective tax rate of 39.0%

4.  Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following:

	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
Machinery and equipment	$	2.3		$	2.3
Computer software and hardware	16.5			12.1
Leasehold improvements	4.0			3.5
Buildings and improvements	0.3			0.4
Furniture, fixtures and transportation equipment	0.8			0.7
Construction-in-progress	4.3			0.7
	28.2			19.7
Accumulated depreciation	(8.5		)	(0.2		)
	$	19.7		$	19.5

Depreciation expense was $9.1, $0.2 and $4.5 for fiscal year 2012, the period December 22 to December 31, 2011 and the period January 1 to December 21, 2011, respectively. Construction-in-progress mainly consists of investments in the Company's information technology infrastructure.

5. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The change in carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2012 is as follows

Predecessor
Balance at December 31, 2010	$	452.2
2010 acquisitions	(1.4		)
Effect of exchange rate changes	(0.2		)
Balance at December 21, 2011	450.6
Successor
Change in ownership	(450.6		)
MacAndrews Acquisition	283.8
Balance at December 31, 2011	283.8
MacAndrews Acquisition	0.8
Effect of exchange rate changes	0.1
Balance at December 31, 2012	$	284.7

F-16

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

Useful lives, gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization for other intangible assets are as follows:

		Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net Carrying Amount
		December 31,				December 31,				December 31,
	Useful Life (in years)	2012		2011		2012		2011		2012		2011
Amortized intangible assets:
Customer relationships	18	$	262.0	$	262.0	$	18.2	$	0.5	$	243.8	$	261.5
Trademarks and tradenames	25	23.0		23.0		0.9		—		22.1		23.0
Software	3 - 6	42.8		37.0		11.0		0.4		31.8		36.6
Total other intangible assets		$	327.8	$	322.0	$	30.1	$	0.9	$	297.7	$	321.1

Amortization expense was $29.3, $0.8 and $21.6 for fiscal year 2012, the period December 22 to December 31, 2011 and the period January 1 to December 21, 2011, respectively. Amortization expense includes amortization of software of $10.7, $0.3 and $6.8 for fiscal year 2012, the period December 22 to December 31, 2011 and the period January 1 to December 21, 2011, respectively.

The weighted average amortization period for all amortizable intangible assets recorded in connection with the MacAndrews Acquisition was 17.1 years. The weighted average amortization period for each major class of amortizable intangible assets recorded in connection with the MacAndrews Acquisition was as follows: customer relationships - 18 years, trademarks and tradenames - 25 years and software - 6 years.

Estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets through December 31, 2017 is as follows:

Year ending December 31, 2013	$	28.2
Year ending December 31, 2014	27.1
Year ending December 31, 2015	25.1
Year ending December 31, 2016	21.7
Year ending December 31, 2017	18.7

During 2012, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $0.1 related to software that was determined to have limited future use. The impairment charge was included in asset impairment charges in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

F-17

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

6.  Income Taxes

Information pertaining to the Company's loss (income) before income taxes and the applicable (benefit) provision for income taxes is as follows:

	Successor						Predecessor
	Year ended December 31, 2012			December 22 to December 31, 2011			January 1 to December 21, 2011
(Loss) income before income taxes:
Domestic	$	(36.4	)	$	(2.2	)	$	33.7
Foreign		—			—			—
Total (loss) income before income taxes	$	(36.4	)	$	(2.2	)	$	33.7
(Benefit) provision for income taxes:
Current:
Federal	$	25.4		$	0.9		$	10.6
State and local		4.1			0.1			2.3
Foreign		0.2			—			0.4
		29.7			1.0			13.3
Deferred:
Federal		(40.3	)		(1.7	)		0.6
State and local		(4.2	)		(0.2	)		0.1
Foreign		—			—			—
		(44.5	)		(1.9	)		0.7
Total (benefit) provision for income taxes	$	(14.8	)	$	(0.9	)	$	14.0

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

F-18

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
Current:
Prepaid expenses	$	1.2		$	2.8
Deferred revenues		5.8			(10.5	)
Accelerated gain on amendment and extension of credit agreement		1.7			—
Net operating loss carryforwards		0.5			0.5
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		4.2			4.7
Net current deferred tax asset (liability) before valuation allowance		13.4			(2.5	)
Valuation allowance		(0.9	)		(1.3	)
Net current deferred tax asset (liability)		12.5			(3.8	)
Long-term:
Property, plant and equipment		(2.4	)		(3.7	)
Intangible assets		(111.5	)		(117.7	)
Net operating loss carryforwards		1.5			3.3
Accelerated gain on amendment and extension of credit agreement		5.9			—
Debt fair value adjustments		(17.7	)		(32.1	)
Deferred financing fees		0.4			1.5
Deferred revenues		6.2			1.6
Other		1.0			3.7
Net long-term deferred tax liability before valuation allowance		(116.6	)		(143.4	)
Valuation allowance		(1.0	)		(1.6	)
Net long-term deferred tax liability		(117.6	)		(145.0	)
Net deferred tax liability	$	(105.1	)	$	(148.8	)

At December 31, 2012, the Company had domestic federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of $1.0, which expire between 2021 and 2023. The federal NOL carryforwards relate to acquisitions and therefore are subject to annual limitations under Internal Revenue Code Section 382, which generally restricts the amount of a corporation's taxable income that can be offset by a taxpayer's NOL carryforwards in taxable years after a change in ownership has occurred.

The Company had domestic state net operating loss carryforwards totaling $0.2 (tax effected), expiring between 2013 and 2020. In addition, the Company had foreign net operating loss carryforwards of $11.4 for Ireland, which have no expiration dates.

The Company has established a valuation allowance for certain federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards. Management believes that, based on a number of factors, the available objective evidence creates uncertainty regarding the utilization of these carryforwards. At December 31, 2012, there was a valuation allowance of $1.9 for such items. The valuation allowance for deferred tax assets decreased by $1.0 during 2012. The decrease in this allowance was primarily due to the utilization of NOLs during the current period for which a valuation was established.

F-19

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

The effective tax rate varies from the current statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

	Successor							Predecessor
	Year ended December 31, 2012				December 22 to December 31, 2011			January 1 to December 21, 2011
Statutory rate		35.0		%		35.0	%		35.0		%
State and local taxes		4.6		%		5.0	%		3.7		%
Domestic production activities deduction		—				—			(0.9	)	%
Uncertain tax positions		2.5		%		—			1.5		%
Effect of state law change		(1.0	)	%		—			—
Other		(0.4	)	%		0.9	%		2.2		%
		40.7		%		40.9	%		41.5		%

Harland Clarke Holdings, M & F Worldwide and another subsidiary of M & F Worldwide entered into a tax sharing agreement in 2005 (the "2005 Tax Sharing Agreement") whereby M & F Worldwide files consolidated federal income tax returns that include the domestic members of the Company, as well as certain other subsidiaries of M & F Worldwide for periods prior to December 21, 2011. Under the 2005 Tax Sharing Agreement, domestic members of the Company made periodic payments to Harland Clarke Holdings. These payments were based on the applicable federal income tax liability that domestic members of the Company would have had for each taxable period if domestic members of the Company had not been included in the M & F Worldwide consolidated group. Similar provisions apply with respect to any foreign, state or local income or franchise tax returns filed by any M & F Worldwide consolidated, combined or unitary group for each period that domestic members of the Company are included in any such group for foreign, state or local tax purposes. Effective December 21, 2011, the 2005 Tax Sharing Agreement was amended and restated to incorporate MacAndrews as the common parent (the "2011 Tax Sharing Agreement"). For the periods beginning on or after December 22, 2011, MacAndrews will file consolidated federal income tax returns that include domestic members of the Company, as well as certain other subsidiaries of MacAndrews. The terms of the 2011 Tax Sharing Agreement are consistent with the terms of the 2005 Tax Sharing Agreement.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:

	Successor					Predecessor
	Year ended December 31, 2012			December 22 to December 31, 2011		January 1 to December 21, 2011
Balance at beginning of period	$	2.2		$	2.2	$	1.5
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year		—			—		—
Additions for tax positions for prior years		—			—		0.7
Reductions for tax positions for prior years		(0.3	)		—		—
Settlements		—			—		—
Balance at end of period	$	1.9		$	2.2	$	2.2

Of the amounts reflected in the table above at December 31, 2012, there was $1.9 of tax benefits that, if recognized in 2012, would have reduced the Company's annual effective tax rate. The Company had accrued interest and penalties of $0.4 and $0.6 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Company records both accrued interest and penalties related to income tax matters, which is not significant, in the provision for income taxes in the accompanying combined statements of operations. The Company does not expect its unrecognized tax benefits to change significantly over the next 12 months.

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The statute of limitations for the federal and state tax returns of the affiliated group of M & F Worldwide or MacAndrews, as the case may be, and subsidiaries, including in each case Harland Financial Solutions, for the tax years 2009 through 2012 generally remain open. In addition, open tax years related to foreign jurisdictions remain subject to examination but are not considered material. The Company has recently been notified that the Internal Revenue Service has selected to examine the affiliated group of M & F Worldwide and subsidiaries for the tax year ended December 21, 2011.

F-20

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

7. Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

The Company participates in a defined contribution retirement plan sponsored by Harland Clarke Holdings whereby it generally matches employee contributions up to 4% of base wages. Contributions to the plan totaled $3.7, $0.0 and $3.6 for fiscal year 2012, the period December 22 to December 31, 2011 and the period January 1 to December 21, 2011, respectively.

8. Long-Term Debt

	December 31, 2012			December 31, 2011
$1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities:
Extended Term Loans due 2017	$	197.0		$	—
Non-Extended Term Loans due 2014		222.9			538.5
Total $1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities		419.9			538.5
9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018		72.0			—
Unamortized original issue discount and acquisition accounting-related fair value discount		(47.9	)		(82.3	)
		444.0			456.2
Less: current maturities		(23.6	)		(5.8	)
Long-term debt, net of current maturities	$`	420.4		$	450.4

Harland Financial Solutions is a Co-Borrower of Harland Clarke Holdings' debt as described below. Accordingly, a portion of the debt has been recorded by Harland Financial Solutions as presented above. Harland Clarke Holdings determined the amount of debt to be recorded by Harland Financial Solutions based on a review of qualitative and quantitative factors including Harland Financial Solutions' valuation relative to the other co-borrowers, its capacity to service the debt and anticipated financial performance.

$1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Extended Term Loans

On July 24, 2012, an amendment (the "Amendment") entered into on May 10, 2012 by the Co-Borrowers (as defined hereinafter) to the credit agreement dated as of April 4, 2007 (the "Credit Agreement") became effective, thereby extending the maturity of $973.0 of term loans ($298.1 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) under the Credit Agreement (the "Extended Term Loans") from June 2014 to June 2017 (subject to a springing maturity 90 days prior to the maturity date of Harland Clarke Holdings' 2015 Senior Notes (as defined hereinafter) if such notes have not been repaid, extended or refinanced). The effectiveness of the Amendment was conditioned on, among other customary conditions, the repayment of $280.2 of the Extended Term Loans ($85.9 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions), which repayment was made with net proceeds from the issuance of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter) and cash on hand. After giving effect to such repayment and the effectiveness of the Amendment, there were $692.8 of Extended Term Loans outstanding ($212.3 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) and $729.0 of non-extended term loans ($223.4 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) (the "Non-Extended Term Loans") outstanding. The Co-Borrowers are required to repay the Extended Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 10% of the original extended amount after giving effect to the $280.2 prepayment thereof required as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Amendment. The Amendment also includes several covenants in addition to those covenants in the Credit Agreement. The weighted average interest rate on the principal amount of Extended Term Loans outstanding was 5.5% at December 31, 2012.

F-21

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

The Extended Term Loans bear, at the Borrower's option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 4.25% per annum; or

•A rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 5.25% per annum.

Non-Extended Term Loans

On April 4, 2007, Harland Clarke Holdings (the "Borrower") and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions (together with the Borrower, the "Co-Borrowers") entered into the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement provides for a $1,800.0 senior secured term loan ($575.0 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) (the "Term Loan"), which was fully drawn at closing on May 1, 2007 and was to mature on June 30, 2014 with respect to the Non-Extended Term Loans. The Co-Borrowers are required to repay the Non-Extended Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1% of the original principal amount multiplied by the ratio of Non-Extended Term Loans outstanding on the effective date of the Amendment to the total Non-Extended Term Loans and Extended Term Loans outstanding on the effective date of the Amendment prior to giving effect to the prepayment required as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Amendment. In addition, the Credit Agreement requires that a portion of excess cash flow be applied to prepay amounts borrowed, as further described below. The Credit Agreement also provides for a $100.0 revolving credit facility (the "Revolver") that was to mature on June 28, 2013. The Revolver includes an up to $60.0 subfacility in the form of letters of credit and an up to $30.0 subfacility in the form of short-term swing line loans. The weighted average interest rate on the principal amount of Non-Extended Term Loans outstanding was 2.7% at December 31, 2012. As of December 31, 2012, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolver and there was $92.2 available for borrowing by Harland Clarke Holdings (giving effect to the issuance of $7.8 of letters of credit). The Revolver was terminated on February 20, 2013 upon the execution of a new revolving credit facility. See Note 16 for a discussion of the new revolving credit facility.

Under certain circumstances, the Co-Borrowers are permitted to incur additional term loan and/or revolving credit facility indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of up to $250.0. In addition, the terms of the Credit Agreement, the 2015 Senior Notes (as defined hereinafter), and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter) allow the Co-Borrowers to incur substantial additional debt.

The Non-Extended Term Loans bear, at the Borrower's option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 1.50% per annum for revolving loans and for term loans; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 2.50% per annum for revolving loans and for term loans.

The Credit Agreement has a commitment fee of 0.50% for the unused portion of the Revolver and a weighted average commitment fee of 2.51% for issued letters of credit. Interest rate margins and commitment fees under the Revolver are subject to reduction in increments based upon achieving certain consolidated leverage ratios.

Harland Clarke Holdings and each of its existing and future domestic subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions, other than unrestricted subsidiaries (of which there are none as of December 31, 2012), certain immaterial subsidiaries, subsidiaries that do not guarantee other debt of Harland Clarke Holdings and subject to certain other exceptions, are guarantors and in some instances may also be co-borrowers under the Credit Agreement. In addition, Harland Clarke Holdings' direct parent, CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc., is a guarantor under the Credit Agreement. Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited are not guarantors or co-borrowers under the Credit Agreement. The senior secured credit facilities are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of Harland Clarke Holdings, each of the co-borrowers' and the guarantors' tangible and intangible assets and equity interests (other than voting stock in excess of 65.0% of the outstanding voting stock of each direct foreign subsidiary and certain other excluded property).

F-22

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, mergers and consolidations, sales of assets, loans, acquisitions, restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, dividends and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries and sale-leaseback transactions. The Credit Agreement requires Harland Clarke Holdings to maintain a maximum consolidated leverage ratio solely for the benefit of lenders under the Revolver. The Co-Borrowers have the right to prepay the term loans at any time without premium or penalty, subject to certain breakage costs, and also reduce any unutilized portion of the Revolver at any time, in minimum principal amounts set forth in the Credit Agreement. The term loans are required to be prepaid with 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement, with certain reductions set forth in the Credit Agreement, based on achievement and maintenance of leverage ratios) and 100% of the net proceeds of certain issuances, offerings or placements of debt obligations of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries (other than permitted debt). Each such prepayment will be applied first to the next eight unpaid quarterly amortization installments on the term loans and second to the remaining amortization installments on the term loans on a pro rata basis. No such excess cash flow payment is required in 2013 with respect to 2012. Excess cash flow payments of $12.5 and $3.5 were paid by Harland Financial Solutions in March 2012 and 2011, respectively, for 2011 and 2010, respectively. No such excess cash flow payments were required in 2010 and 2009. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement such excess cash flow payments were applied against other mandatory payments due in the same year of the excess cash flow payment.

The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. Such events of default include, but are not limited to: non-payment of amounts when due; violation of covenants; material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; cross default and cross acceleration with respect to other material debt; bankruptcy and other insolvency events; certain ERISA events; invalidity of guarantees or security documents; and material judgments. Some of these events of default allow for grace periods.

If a change of control of Harland Clarke Holdings (as defined in the Credit Agreement) occurs, Harland Clarke Holdings will be required to make an offer to prepay all outstanding term loans under the Credit Agreement at 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, and lenders holding a majority of the revolving credit commitments may elect to terminate the revolving credit commitments in full. Harland Clarke Holdings is also required to offer to prepay outstanding term loans at 100% of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of certain asset sales under certain circumstances.

9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

On July 24, 2012, Harland Clarke Holdings and Harland Clarke Corp., Harland Financial Solutions, Scantron Corporation and Checks in the Mail, Inc. (together, the "Co-Issuers") issued $235.0 ($72.0 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the "2018 Senior Secured Notes"). The net proceeds from the issue, together with cash on hand, were used to repay $280.2 aggregate principal amount of outstanding Extended Term Loans under the Credit Agreement.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 24, 2012 (the "2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture"), among Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers, certain of Harland Clarke Holdings other domestic subsidiaries, that guarantee the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Guarantors") and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (the "Trustee"). Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited are not Guarantors or Co-Issuers under the 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture. The Guarantors have guaranteed (the "Guarantees") Harland Clarke Holdings' and Co-Issuers' obligations under the 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture on a senior secured basis. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees are secured pursuant to a Security Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, by and among Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral trustee (the "Collateral Trustee") and a Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, by and among Harland Clarke Holdings, certain subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings named therein, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands branch, as credit agreement collateral agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and as collateral trustee.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes mature on August 1, 2018. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 9.75% per annum, payable on each of February 1 and August 1 to holders of record at the close of business on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15 of each year.

F-23

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of Harland Clarke Holdings and the Co-Issuers, including Harland Financial Solutions, and the Guarantees are senior secured obligations of the Guarantors. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees rank as follows: (i) secured on a first-priority basis, equally and ratably with all obligations of Harland Clarke Holdings', the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors that are secured by pari passu liens on the collateral, including their existing senior secured credit facilities; (ii) effectively junior to all of Harland Clarke Holdings', Co-Issuers' and the Guarantors' obligations under any future asset-based revolving credit facility to the extent of the value of the current asset collateral held by the Company, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors; (iii) structurally subordinated to any existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any existing and future subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings that are not Guarantors; (iv) pari passu in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior indebtedness of Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors and effectively senior to the extent of the value of the collateral to any future unsecured indebtedness of Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors that is secured by liens on the collateral that are junior to the liens securing the Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees or that is unsecured; and (v) senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness of Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees are secured on a first-priority basis, equally and ratably with the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, by substantially all of Harland Clarke Holdings', the Co-Issuers' and the Guarantors' assets, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens.

Beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, if Harland Clarke Holdings' secured leverage ratio exceeds 3.25 for 2013 and 3.00 for 2014 and after, Harland Clarke Holdings will be required to offer to purchase an amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes equal to the greater of (1) $15.0 and (2) 50% of its excess cash flow for the applicable period, less any voluntary prepayments of 2018 Senior Secured Notes or credit facility indebtedness and certain mandatory prepayments made during the applicable period and subject to certain other exceptions, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest. Upon the occurrence of a change of control of Harland Clarke Holdings or if Harland Clarke Holdings sells certain assets, Harland Clarke Holdings may be required to make an offer to purchase the 2018 Senior Secured Notes at certain specified prices.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit Harland Clarke Holdings', the Co-Issuers', including the Company, and the Guarantors' ability to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (ii) grant liens on assets; (iii) pay dividends or make distributions to stockholders; (iv) repurchase or redeem capital stock or subordinated indebtedness; (v) make investments or acquisitions; (vi) enter into sale/leaseback transactions; (vii) incur restrictions on the ability of Harland Clarke Holdings' subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to Harland Clarke Holdings; (viii) enter into transactions with Harland Clarke Holdings' affiliates; (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all assets; and (x) transfer or sell assets. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture contains affirmative covenants and events of default that are customary for indentures governing high-yield debt securities.

Senior Notes due 2015

On May 1, 2007, Harland Clarke Holdings issued $305.0 aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015 (the "Floating Rate Notes") and $310.0 aggregate principal amount of 9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015 (the "Fixed Rate Notes" and, together with the Floating Rate Notes, the "2015 Senior Notes"). The 2015 Senior Notes mature on May 15, 2015. The Fixed Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum of 9.50%, payable on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The Floating Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable LIBOR Rate (as defined in the indenture governing the 2015 Senior Notes (the "2015 Senior Notes Indenture")), subject to a floor of 1.25%, plus 4.75%, payable on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year. The Senior Notes are unsecured and are therefore effectively subordinated to all of Harland Clarke Holdings' senior secured indebtedness, including outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes. Harland Clarke Holdings and each of its existing subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions, other than unrestricted subsidiaries (of which there are none as of December 31, 2012) and certain immaterial subsidiaries and certain other exceptions, are guarantors and in some instances may also be co-issuers under the 2015 Senior Notes. Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited are not guarantors or co-issuers under the 2015 Senior Notes. None of the 2015 Senior Notes were recorded by Harland Financial Solutions.

F-24

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

The 2015 Senior Notes Indenture contains customary restrictive covenants, including, among other things, restrictions on Harland Clarke Holdings' ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends and make distributions, make certain investments, repurchase stock, incur liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into sale and lease back transactions, merge or consolidate and transfer or sell assets. Harland Clarke Holdings must offer to repurchase all of the 2015 Senior Notes upon the occurrence of a "change of control," as defined in the 2015 Senior Notes Indenture, at a purchase price equal to 101% of their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Harland Clarke Holdings must also offer to repurchase the 2015 Senior Notes with the proceeds from certain sales of assets, if it does not apply those proceeds within a specified time period after the sale, at a purchase price equal to 100% of their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Loss on Early Extinguishment of Debt

In connection with the repayment of $85.9 of the Extended Term Loans in the third quarter of 2012 upon the effectiveness of the Amendment, the Company recorded a loss on early extinguishment of debt of $10.7 resulting from the write-off of unamortized acquisition accounting-related fair value discount.

9. Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest Rate Hedges

The Company used a hedge transaction, which was accounted for as a cash flow hedge, to limit the Company's risk on a portion of its variable-rate debt.

During September 2009, Harland Clarke Holdings entered into an interest rate derivative transaction in the form of a three-year interest rate swap with a notional amount of $250.0, which became effective on September 30, 2009 and expired on September 30, 2012. This hedge swapped the underlying variable rate for a fixed rate of 2.140%. Since the swap applied to debt recorded by the Company, the hedge was recorded by the Company.

The following presents the fair value of this derivative instrument and the classification in the combined balance sheet.

Derivative Designated as Cash Flow Hedging Instrument:	Balance Sheet Classification	December 31, 2011
Interest rate swap	Other current liabilities	$	2.7

Fair value of the interest rate swap was based on forward-looking interest rate curves as provided by the counterparty, adjusted for the Company's credit risk.

This derivative instrument was ineffective during fiscal year 2012, and had no ineffective portions during the period December 22 to December 31, 2011 and had no ineffective portions during the period January 1 to December 21, 2011. The following presents the effect of the derivative instrument (effective and ineffective portion) on other comprehensive income and amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into interest expense.

	Successor				Predecessor
	Year ended December 31, 2012		December 22 to December 31, 2011		January 1 to December 21, 2011
Interest Rate Swap:
Loss recognized in other comprehensive income (effective portion)	$	—	$	0.1	$	1.0
Loss reclassified from other comprehensive income into interest expense (effective portion)		0.1		—		3.5
Loss recognized in interest expense (ineffective portion)		0.4		—		—

F-25

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

The following presents the balances and net changes in the accumulated other comprehensive income related to this derivative instrument, net of income taxes:

	Successor						Predecessor
Balances and Net Changes:	Year ended December 31, 2012			December 22 to December 31, 2011			January 1 to December 21, 2011
Balance at beginning of period	$	0.1		$	2.3		$	3.8
Change in ownership	—			(2.3		)	—
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into interest expense, net of taxes of $-, $- and $1.4	(0.1		)	—			(2.1		)
Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps (effective portion), net of taxes of $-, $- and $0.4	—			0.1			0.6
Balance at end of period	$	—		$	0.1		$	2.3

10.  Fair Value Measurement

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

Fair value of the liability for contingent consideration related to business combinations is estimated utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis. The analysis considers, among other things, estimates of future revenues and the timing of expected future contingent consideration payments.

The following table presents the Company's liability for contingent consideration related to business combinations measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

	2,012			2,011
Balance at beginning of period	$	0.6		$	2.8
Businesses acquired in 2010		—			(1.5	)
Net changes in fair value		(0.6	)		(0.7	)
Payment on contingent consideration arrangement		—			—
Balance at end of period	$`	—		$	0.6

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Most of the Company's clients are in the financial services industry. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The Company does not generally require collateral. Actual losses and allowances have been within management's expectations.

The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value. The estimated fair value of long-term debt is determined by Level 2 inputs and is based primarily on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues as of the measurement date. The estimated fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $465.0 and $459.1, respectively. The carrying value of long-term debt at December 31, 2012 and 2011 was $444.0 and $456.2, respectively.

As described in Note 3, the carrying value of the Company's long-term debt was adjusted to fair value as of the date of the MacAndrews Acquisition.

F-26

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

11. Investments

Equity Method Investment

During the fourth quarter of 2012, Harland Clarke Holdings purchased certain equity securities of Transactis, Inc. ("Transactis"), a privately held company, representing a 15.5% ownership interest for $7.0 in cash. Harland Clarke Holdings assigned the equity securities to Harland Financial Solutions on December 31, 2012. The Company accounts for this investment using the equity method (see Note 2) due to its ability to influence operating and financial matters of Transactis through Harland Clarke Holdings' representation on the Transactis board of directors and certain rights under the terms of the stock purchase agreement. The assets, liabilities and results of operations were not significant to the Company's financial position or results of operations in 2012.

12.  Restructuring

During 2009, the Company initiated a multi-year plan to reorganize certain operations and sales and support functions. The plan, which was completed in 2011, focused on moving from a product-centric organization to a functional organization in order to enhance customer support. During 2012, the Company adopted a plan to realize additional cost savings by eliminating certain selling, general and administrative expenses.

The following table details the Company's restructuring accruals for 2012 and 2011:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed			Paid in Cash			Non-cash Utilization		Ending Balance
Successor:
Year ended December 31, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	—	$	0.6		$	(0.5	)	$	—	$	0.1
Facilities and other costs	1.5		(0.2		)	(0.3		)	0.3		1.3
Total	$	1.5	$	0.4		$	(0.8	)	$	0.3	$	1.4
Predecessor:
Year ended December 31, 2011:
Severance and severance-related	$	0.1	$	0.3		$	(0.4	)	$	—	$	—
Facilities and other costs	2.2		0.1			(0.8		)	—		1.5
Total	$	2.3	$	0.4		$	(1.2	)	$	—	$	1.5

Note: Successor period amounts have not been bifurcated for the year ended December 31, 2011 in this table due to the insignificance of amounts applicable to the Successor period.

13.  Commitments and Contingencies

Lease and Purchase Commitments

The Company leases property, equipment and vehicles under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2019.

Certain leases contain renewal options for one- to five-year periods. Rental payments are typically fixed over the initial term of the lease and usually contain escalation factors for the renewal term. At December 31, 2012, future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases with terms of one year or more are as follows:

2013	$	6.9
2014	6.4
2015	5.5
2016	4.6
2017	3.3
Thereafter	2.9

F-27

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

Minimum annual rental payments in the above table have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $0.1.

Total operating lease expense, excluding operating lease expense included in restructuring costs was $8.6, $0.3 and $8.1 for fiscal year 2012, the period December 22 to December 31, 2011 and the period January 1 to December 21, 2011, respectively.

Other

Various legal proceedings, claims and investigations are pending against the Company, including those relating to commercial transactions, intellectual property matters and other matters. Certain of these matters are covered by insurance, subject to deductibles and maximum limits. In the opinion of management based upon the information available at this time, the outcome of the matters referred to above will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's combined financial position or results of operations.

14.  Transactions with Related Parties

Receivable from and Payable to Parent

The Company's Parent has a practice to sweep cash accounts of the Company's domestic operations on a daily basis and maintain cash for the Company's operations. The Parent funds the Company's payroll, accounts payable, taxes and other cash requirements.

The receivable from and payable to Parent is unsecured, non-interest bearing and has no specified terms of repayment.

Allocation of Parent Company Costs

Harland Clarke Holdings has certain functions and processes that are performed as a shared service for certain of its operating subsidiaries, including the Company. Costs associated with these shared services have been allocated to the Company based on revenues or FTE's (full time employees) depending on the nature of the shared service. Allocated costs include certain treasury; payroll, compensation and benefits; financial systems; corporate tax and audit costs. The total costs for such shared services allocated to the Company were $1.8, $0.0 and $1.7 for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period December 22 to December 31, 2011 and the period January 1, 2011 to December 21, 2011, respectively. Allocated costs from Parent are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

Other

Harland Financial Solutions made net payments to Harland Clarke Holdings of $18.4 and $27.0 in 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to the tax sharing agreements discussed in Note 6. These amounts are included in the supplemental disclosure of cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds in the accompanying combined statements of cash flows.

Harland Financial Solutions had a net receivable of $0.3 and $10.4 at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to the tax sharing agreements discussed in Note 6. This amount is included in income taxes receivable in the accompanying combined balance sheets.

15.  Significant Customers

The Company's top 5 clients accounted for approximately 3% and 2% of the Company's combined net revenues during fiscal years 2012 and 2011, respectively.

16.  Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 3, 2013, the date which the financial statements were available to be issued.

Effectiveness of Revolving Credit Facility due 2018

On February 20, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings terminated the Revolver and along with certain of its domestic subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, including Harland Financial Solutions, and its direct parent, CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc. and certain of its other domestic subsidiaries as guarantors, entered into a senior secured asset based revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility") with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited are not guarantors or co-borrowers under the Revolving Facility. The Revolving Facility provides for a facility equal to the lesser of $80.0 and a calculated borrowing base consisting of:

• 85% of eligible receivables less unearned revenue of Harland Clarke Holdings; plus

F-28

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

• the lesser of (i) 85% of the orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and (ii) 70% of eligible inventory (in each case, at the lower of book value and market, in each case of Harland Clarke Holdings); minus

• eligibility reserves of Harland Clarke Holdings in effect at the time.

The borrowing base for Harland Clarke Holdings at closing, based on December 31, 2012 balances, was $56.6. The Revolving Facility includes an up to $30.0 subfacility for letters of credit and an up to $10.0 subfacility in the form of short-term swingline loans.

Borrowings and other obligations under the Revolving Facility are guaranteed by CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc., Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. and certain of its domestic subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions, and secured by a lien on substantially all of the assets of such loan parties, including inventory, receivables, equipment, intellectual property and real property. The obligations under the Revolving Facility are secured by a first priority lien on inventory, receivables, payment intangibles and other current assets and other assets arising therefrom and proceeds thereof and second priority liens on the remaining collateral, subject to the first priority liens securing Harland Clarke Holdings' Non-Extended Term Loans, Extended Term Loans and 2018 Senior Secured Notes.

The Revolving Facility will terminate on February 20, 2018, with springing maturities 91 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of Harland Clarke Holdings' Non-Extended Term Loans, Extended Term Loans and 2015 Senior Notes, all of which mature prior to the termination date of this Revolving Facility.

Borrowings against the Revolving Facility will be, at Harland Clarke Holdings option:

• A LIBOR rate borrowing, bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% per annum based on the average excess availability for the prior fiscal quarter; or

• An Alternate Base Rate ("ABR") borrowing, bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to the greatest of:

• The prime rate of CitiBank;

▪ Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5%; and

▪ LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1%,

plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.25% per annum based on the average excess availability for the prior fiscal quarter.

The Revolving Facility has a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum if the average utilization of the Revolving Facility for the preceding fiscal quarter is less than 50% of the total commitments and 0.375% per annum if the average utilization for the preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 50% of the total commitments.

The Revolving Facility contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Harland Clarke Holdings and its subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions, to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or capitalized lease obligations, or issue disqualified or preferred stock; (ii) grant liens on assets; (iii) transfer or sell assets; (iv) pay dividends or make distributions to stockholders; (v) enter into transactions with affiliates; (vi) make investments or acquisitions; (vii) enter into sale/leaseback transactions; (viii) amend certain of Harland Clarke Holdings' indebtedness; (ix) engage in substantially different lines of business; (x) change Harland Clarke Holdings' fiscal year; and (xi) engage in speculative hedging transactions. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. The Revolving Facility also contains a fixed charge coverage ratio test that may apply if Harland Clarke Holdings' excess availability falls below specified levels, as well as affirmative covenants and events of default that are customary for such facilities.

New Facility Joinder Agreement to Credit Agreement

On April 26, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings entered into a New Facility Joinder Agreement to the Credit Agreement under which Harland Clarke Holdings borrowed $750.0 ($228.0 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) (the "Tranche B-3 Term Loans"). Proceeds of the Tranche B-3 Term Loans were used to repay, in full, together with all interest and fees accrued in respect of, the Non-Extended Term Loans plus other fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing.

The Tranche B-3 Term Loans will mature on May 22, 2018 subject (if the Revolving Facility is terminated and repaid in full) to a springing maturity 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Senior Notes if they have not otherwise been repaid, extended or refinanced. Harland Clarke Holdings is required to repay the Tranche B-3 Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 2.50% of the original amount. In addition, aggregate amortization in respect of all of the Tranche B-3 Term Loans and all other debt sharing liens with such loans (with certain exceptions) must be at least $75.0 per year (subject to certain reductions). Harland Clarke Holdings is currently evaluating the impact of the New Facility

F-29

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements for the Year Ended December 31, 2012, the Period December 22 to

December 31, 2011 (unaudited) and the Period January 1 to December 21, 2011 (unaudited)

(dollars in millions)

Joinder Agreement on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

The Tranche B-3 Term Loans bear, at Harland Clarke Holdings option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 4.50% per annum, provided that the rate before the applicable margin shall not be less than 2.50% per annum; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 5.50% per annum, provided that the reserve adjusted LIBOR rate shall not be less that 1.50% per annum.

All other terms are substantially the same as the Credit Agreement.

Issue of Additional 2018 Senior Secured Notes

On May 20, 2013, the Issuer and Co-Issuers completed an offering of $50.0 aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Additional Notes") pursuant to the 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture and supplemented on February 20, 2013 (as so supplemented, the "Indenture") under which the Issuer and the Co-Issuers previously issued $235.0 aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Original Notes", and together with the Additional Notes, the "Notes"). The Additional Notes were sold at a price of 109.00% plus accrued interest from February 1, 2013. None of the Additional Notes were recorded by Harland Financial Solutions. The Additional Notes will trade as a single series with the Original Notes and will be treated substantially the same as the Original Notes under the Indenture. On June 19, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings used $50.0 of proceeds from the Additional Notes to repay and retire $50.0 of the Fixed Rate Notes.

F-30

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited

and

Harland Israel, Limited

__________

Combined Financial Statements

F-1

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Combined Balance Sheets

(in millions)

	March  31, 2013			December  31, 2012
ASSETS	(unaudited)
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	8.8		$	7.6
Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $0.4 and $0.4)	37.5			39.1
Receivable from parent	9.1			14.2
Income taxes receivable	0.3			0.3
Deferred tax assets	12.5			12.5
Prepaid expenses	11.8			10.4
Other current assets	1.0			0.9
Total current assets	81.0			85.0
Property, plant and equipment, net	20.1			19.7
Goodwill	284.5			284.7
Other intangible assets, net	292.8			297.7
Other assets	31.8			28.1
Total assets	$	710.2		$	715.2
LIABILITIES AND BUSINESS EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable	$	6.6		$	8.7
Deferred revenues	86.9			84.9
Current maturities of long-term debt	23.6			23.6
Accrued liabilities:
Salaries, wages and employee benefits	12.7			14.3
Income and other taxes payable	5.8			1.2
Other current liabilities	5.1			6.8
Total current liabilities	140.7			139.5
Long-term debt	413.9			420.4
Deferred tax liabilities	114.9			117.6
Deferred revenues	18.4			15.7
Other liabilities	4.8			9.2
Commitments and contingencies
Business equity:
Paid-in capital	35.4			35.4
Accumulated deficit	(17.9		)	(22.9		)
Accumulated other comprehensive income	—			0.3
Total business equity	17.5			12.8
Total liabilities and business equity	$	710.2		$	715.2

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

F-2

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Combined Statements of Operations

(in millions)

(unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2013			2012
Product revenues, net	$	22.0		$	15.2
Service revenues, net	55.0			34.5
Total revenues, net	77.0			49.7
Cost of products sold	5.4			4.3
Cost of services provided	25.9			26.3
Total cost of revenues	31.3			30.6
Gross profit	45.7			19.1
Selling, general and administrative expenses (see Note 13)	26.2			28.1
Revaluation of contingent consideration	—			(0.5		)
Operating income (loss)	19.5			(8.5		)
Interest expense	(11.6		)	(12.0		)
Loss from equity method investment	(0.2		)	—
Income (loss) before income taxes	7.7			(20.5		)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes	2.7			(6.7		)
Net income (loss)	$	5.0		$	(13.8	)

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

F-3

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Combined Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

(in millions)

(unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2013			2012
Net income (loss)	$	5.0		$	(13.8	)
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(0.3		)	0.2
Less reclassification adjustments for loss on derivative instruments included in    net income (loss), net of taxes of $0.0 and $0.0		—			0.1
Total other comprehensive income (loss)		(0.3	)		0.3
Comprehensive income (loss)	$	4.7		$	(13.5	)

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

F-4

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

(unaudited)

	Three Months Ended
	March 31,
	2013			2012
Operating activities
Net income (loss)	$	5.0		$	(13.8	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation	2.0			1.9
Amortization of intangible assets	6.9			7.2
Amortization of debt fair value adjustments, original issue discount and deferred financing fees	5.6			7.5
Revaluation of contingent consideration	—			(0.5		)
Deferred income taxes	(2.7		)	(10.4		)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable	(1.3		)	5.0
Prepaid expenses and other assets	(2.9		)	(4.4		)
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	(9.8		)	(3.6		)
Deferred revenues	4.7			24.6
Income and other taxes	4.6			3.0
Other, net	0.4			0.4
Net cash provided by operating activities	12.5			16.9
Investing activities
Capital expenditures	(2.4		)	(2.3		)
Computer software development	(2.1		)	(0.8		)
Net cash used in investing activities	(4.5		)	(3.1		)
Financing activities
Cash inflow from parent	83.6			84.3
Cash outflow to parent	(78.5		)	(115.1		)
Repayments of credit agreements and other borrowings	(11.9		)	(17.0		)
Payments for derivative instruments	—			(1.0		)
Net cash used in financing activities	(6.8		)	(48.8		)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	1.2			(35.0		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	7.6			40.5
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	8.8		$	5.5
Supplemental disclosure of cash paid for:
Interest, net of amounts capitalized	$	7.7		$	4.0
Income taxes, net of refunds	0.5			0.5

See Notes to Combined Financial Statements

F-5

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

1. Description of the Business and Basis of Presentation

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. ("Harland Financial Solutions") and Subsidiaries, Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited (together, the "Company") are each separate, indirect wholly owned subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. ("Harland Clarke Holdings" or "Parent"). There is no direct controlling financial interest between the three entities. The accompanying financial statements and notes combine the three entities for presentation purposes. The combined financial statements include the accounts of each entity after the elimination of all material intercompany accounts and transactions.

Harland Clarke Holdings is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of M & F Worldwide Corp. ("M & F Worldwide"), which is, as of December 21, 2011, an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc. ("MacAndrews"). MacAndrews is wholly owned by Ronald O. Perelman.

The Company supplies software and services to financial services clients worldwide offering its solutions both in-house and as a service bureau. Services include lending and mortgage compliance and origination applications, risk management solutions, business intelligence solutions, Internet and mobile banking applications, branch automation solutions, self-service solutions, electronic payment solutions and core processing systems, principally targeted at financial institutions, including banks, credit unions and thrifts. The Company supplies software and services to more than 6,000 financial services clients.

Harland Clarke Holdings and each of its existing domestic subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions, other than unrestricted subsidiaries (of which there are none as of March 31, 2013) and certain immaterial subsidiaries, are guarantors and in some instances may also be co-borrowers under the Term Loan and co-issuers under the 2015 Senior Notes and 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as hereinafter defined) (see Note 7). Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited are not guarantors, co-borrowers or co-issuers under any of Harland Clarke Holdings' debt, agreements. Harland Clarke Holdings is a holding company and has no significant assets at March 31, 2013 and no operations. The guarantees and the obligations of the subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings are full and unconditional and joint and several, and any subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings other than the subsidiary guarantors and obligors are not significant.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Reference is made to the significant accounting policies of the Company described in the notes to the combined financial statements included in the Annual Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2012, the period December 22 to December 31, 2011 and the period January 1 to December 21, 2011.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Recently Adopted Accounting Guidance

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted amended guidance related to disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The amendment enhances disclosures regarding assets and liabilities that are presented net or gross in the statement of financial position when the right of offset exists, or that are subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement. This amendment affects disclosures only, and therefore adoption did not affect the Company's combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company adopted amended guidance related to the presentation of amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. The amendment requires companies to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income if the amount reclassified is required under United States generally accepted accounting principles ("US GAAP") to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under US GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, companies are required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under US GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. This amendment affects presentation only, and therefore adoption did not affect the Company's combined financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-6

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

3. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The change in carrying amount of goodwill for the three months ended March 31, 2013 is as follows:

Balance as of December 31, 2012	$	284.7
Effect of exchange rate changes	(0.2		)
Balance as of March 31, 2013	$	284.5

Useful lives, gross carrying amounts and accumulated amortization for other intangible assets are as follows:

		Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net Carrying Amount
	Useful Life (in years)	March 31, 2013		December 31, 2012		March 31, 2013		December  31, 2012		March 31, 2013		December 31, 2012
Amortized intangible assets:
Customer relationships	18	$	262.0	$	262.0	$	22.4	$	18.2	$	239.6	$	243.8
Trademarks and tradenames	25	23.0		23.0		1.2		0.9		21.8		22.1
Software	3 - 6	44.9		42.8		13.5		11.0		31.4		31.8
Total other intangible assets		$	329.9	$	327.8	$	37.1	$	30.1	$	292.8	$	297.7

Amortization expense was $6.9 and $7.2 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Amortization expense includes amortization of software of $2.5 and $2.6 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets through December 31, 2017 is as follows:

Nine months ending December 31, 2013	$	21.7
Year ending December 31, 2014	27.6
Year ending December 31, 2015	25.8
Year ending December 31, 2016	22.2
Year ending December 31, 2017	18.7

F-7

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

4. Accumulated Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income

The following presents net of tax changes in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, by component, during the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Foreign currency translation adjustments			Derivative fair-value adjustments			Total
Three months ended March 31, 2013:
Beginning balance	$	0.3		$	—		$	0.3
Net current period other comprehensive loss	(0.3		)	—			(0.3		)
Ending balance	$	—		$	—		$	—
Three months ended March 31, 2012:
Beginning balance	$	—		$	(0.1	)	$	(0.1	)
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications	0.2			—			0.2
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income	—			0.1			0.1
Net current period other comprehensive income	0.2			0.1			0.3
Ending balance	$	0.2		$	—		$	0.2

The following presents amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, by component, during the three months ended March 31, 2012:

Details about accumulated other comprehensive income components	Affected line in the statement of operations	Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
Derivative fair-value adjustments	Interest expense	$	(0.1	)
	Provision (benefit) for income taxes	—
	Net income (loss)	$	(0.1	)

There were no amounts reclassified out of other comprehensive (loss) income during the three months ended March 31, 2013.

5. Defined Contribution Retirement Plan

The Company participates in a defined contribution retirement plan sponsored by Harland Clarke Holdings whereby it generally matches employee contributions up to 4% of base wages. Contributions to the plan totaled $1.1 and $1.2 for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

6. Income Taxes

The Company is subject to taxation in the United States and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The statute of limitations for the federal and state tax returns of the affiliated group of M & F Worldwide or MacAndrews, as the case may be, and subsidiaries, including in each case Harland Financial Solutions, for the tax years 2009 through 2012 generally remain open. In addition, open tax years related to foreign jurisdictions remain subject to examination but are not considered material. The Company has recently been notified that the Internal Revenue Service has selected to examine the affiliated group of M & F Worldwide and subsidiaries for the tax year ended December 21, 2011.

There are no events that have occurred since December 31, 2012 that had a material impact on amounts accrued for the Company's uncertain tax positions.

F-8

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

7. Long-Term Debt

	March 31, 2013			December 31, 2012
$1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities:
Extended Term Loans due 2017	$	187.0		$	197.0
Non-Extended Term Loans due 2014	221.0			222.9
Total $1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities	408.0			419.9
9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018	72.0			72.0
Unamortized original issue discount and acquisition accounting-related fair value discount	(42.5		)	(47.9		)
	437.5			444.0
Less: current maturities	(23.6		)	(23.6		)
Long-term debt, net of current maturities	$	413.9		$	420.4

Harland Financial Solutions is a Co-Borrower of Harland Clarke Holdings' debt as described below. Accordingly, a portion of the debt has been recorded by Harland Financial Solutions as presented above. Harland Clarke Holdings determined the amount of debt to be recorded by Harland Financial Solutions based on a review of qualitative and quantitative factors including Harland Financial Solutions' valuation relative to the other co-borrowers, its capacity to service the debt and anticipated financial performance.

Revolving Credit Facility due 2018

On February 20, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings terminated the Revolver (as defined hereinafter) and along with certain of its domestic subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions, as co-borrowers, and its direct parent, CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc. and certain of its other domestic subsidiaries as guarantors, entered into a senior secured asset based revolving credit facility (the "Revolving Facility") with Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent and collateral agent. Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited are not guarantors or co-borrowers under the Revolving Facility. The Revolving Facility provides for a facility equal to the lesser of $80.0 and a calculated borrowing base consisting of:

• 85% of eligible receivables less unearned revenue of Harland Clarke Holdings; plus

• the lesser of (i) 85% of the orderly liquidation value of eligible inventory and (ii) 70% of eligible inventory (in each case, at the lower of book value and market, in each case of Harland Clarke Holdings); minus

• eligibility reserves of Harland Clarke Holdings in effect at the time.

The borrowing base for Harland Clarke Holdings at March 31, 2013 was $50.3. The Revolving Facility includes an up to $30.0 subfacility for letters of credit and an up to $10.0 subfacility in the form of short-term swingline loans. As of March 31, 2013, there were no outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Facility and there was $38.5 available for borrowing (giving effect to the issuance of $11.8 of letters of credit).

Borrowings and other obligations under the Revolving Facility are guaranteed by CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc., Harland Clarke Holdings and certain of its domestic subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions, and secured by a lien on substantially all of the assets of such loan parties, including inventory, receivables, equipment, intellectual property and real property. The obligations under the Revolving Facility are secured by a first priority lien on inventory, receivables, payment intangibles and other current assets and other assets arising therefrom and proceeds thereof and second priority liens on the remaining collateral, subject to the first priority liens securing Harland Clarke Holdings' Non-Extended Term Loans, Extended Term Loans and 2018 Senior Secured Notes (each as defined hereinafter).

The Revolving Facility will terminate on February 20, 2018, with springing maturities 91 days prior to the scheduled maturity date of Harland Clarke Holdings' Non-Extended Term Loans, Extended Term Loans and 2015 Senior Notes (each as defined hereinafter) all of which mature prior to the termination date of this Revolving Facility.

Borrowings against the Revolving Facility bear, at Harland Clarke Holdings option, interest at:

• A LIBOR rate borrowing, bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% per annum based on the average excess availability for the prior fiscal quarter; or

• An Alternate Base Rate ("ABR") borrowing, bearing interest at a rate per annum equal to the greatest of:

• The prime rate of Citibank;

F-9

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

▪ Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.5%; and

▪ LIBOR rate for a one-month interest period plus 1%,

plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.75% to 1.25% per annum based on the average excess availability for the prior fiscal quarter.

The Revolving Facility has a commitment fee of 0.5% per annum if the average utilization of the Revolving Facility for the preceding fiscal quarter is less than 50% of the total commitments and 0.375% per annum if the average utilization for the preceding fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 50% of the total commitments. The Revolving Facility has a weighted average commitment fee of 2.00% for issued letters of credit.

The Revolving Facility contains covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of Harland Clarke Holdings and its subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutins, to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or capitalized lease obligations, or issue disqualified or preferred stock; (ii) grant liens on assets; (iii) transfer or sell assets; (iv) pay dividends or make distributions to stockholders; (v) enter into transactions with affiliates; (vi) make investments or acquisitions; (vii) enter into sale/leaseback transactions; (viii) amend certain of Harland Clarke Holdings' indebtedness; (ix) engage in substantially different lines of business; (x) change Harland Clarke Holdings' fiscal year; and (xi) engage in speculative hedging transactions. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. The Revolving Facility also contains a fixed charge coverage ratio test that may apply if Harland Clarke Holdings' excess availability falls below specified levels, as well as affirmative covenants and events of default that are customary for such facilities.

$1,900.0 Senior Secured Credit Facilities

Extended Term Loans

On July 24, 2012, an amendment (the "Amendment") entered into on May 10, 2012 by the Co-Borrowers (as defined hereinafter) to the credit agreement dated as of April 4, 2007 (the "Credit Agreement") became effective, thereby extending the maturity of $973.0 of term loans ($298.1 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) under the Credit Agreement (the "Extended Term Loans") from June 2014 to June 2017 (subject to a springing maturity 90 days prior to the maturity date of Harland Clarke Holdings' 2015 Senior Notes (as defined hereinafter) if such notes have not been repaid, extended or refinanced). The effectiveness of the Amendment was conditioned on, among other customary conditions, the repayment of $280.2 of the Extended Term Loans ($85.9 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions), which repayment was made with net proceeds from the issuance of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter) and cash on hand. After giving effect to such repayment and the effectiveness of the Amendment, there were $692.8 of Extended Term Loans outstanding ($212.3 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) and $729.0 of non-extended term loans ($223.4 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) (the "Non-Extended Term Loans") outstanding. The Co-Borrowers are required to repay the Extended Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 10% of the original extended amount after giving effect to the $280.2 prepayment thereof required as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Amendment. The Amendment also includes several covenants in addition to those covenants in the Credit Agreement. The weighted average interest rate on the principal amount of Extended Term Loans outstanding was 5.5% at March 31, 2013.

The Extended Term Loans bear, at the Borrower's option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 4.25% per annum; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 5.25% per annum.

Non-Extended Term Loans

On April 4, 2007, Harland Clarke Holdings (the "Borrower") and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions (together with the Borrower, the "Co-Borrowers") entered into the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement provides for a $1,800.0 senior secured term loan ($575.0 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) (the "Term Loan"), which was fully drawn at closing on May 1, 2007 and was to mature on June 30, 2014 with respect to the Non-Extended Term Loans. The Co-Borrowers are required to repay the Non-Extended Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 1% of the original principal amount multiplied by the ratio of Non-Extended Term Loans outstanding on the effective date of the Amendment to the total Non-Extended Term Loans and Extended Term Loans outstanding on the effective date of the Amendment prior to giving effect to the prepayment required as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of the Amendment. In addition, the Credit Agreement requires that a portion of excess cash flow be applied to prepay amounts borrowed, as further described below. The Credit Agreement also provided for a $100.0 revolving credit facility (the "Revolver") that was to mature on June 28, 2013. The Revolver included an up to $60.0 subfacility in the

F-10

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

form of letters of credit and an up to $30.0 subfacility in the form of short-term swing line loans. The Revolver was terminated on February 20, 2013 upon the execution of the new Revolving Facility. The weighted average interest rate on the principal amount of Non-Extended Term Loans outstanding was 2.7% at March 31, 2013.

Under certain circumstances, the Co-Borrowers are permitted to incur additional term loan and/or revolving credit facility indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount of up to $250.0. In addition, the terms of the Credit Agreement, the 2015 Senior Notes (as defined hereinafter), and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (as defined hereinafter) allow the Co-Borrowers to incur substantial additional debt.

The Non-Extended Term Loans bear, at the Borrower's option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 1.50% per annum for revolving loans and for term loans; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve-adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 2.50% per annum for revolving loans and for term loans.

Harland Clarke Holdings and each of its existing and future domestic subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions, other than unrestricted subsidiaries (of which there are none as of March 31, 2013), certain immaterial subsidiaries, subsidiaries that do not guarantee other debt of Harland Clarke Holdings and subject to certain other exceptions, are guarantors and in some instances may also be co-borrowers under the Credit Agreement. In addition, Harland Clarke Holdings' direct parent, CA Acquisition Holdings, Inc., is a guarantor under the Credit Agreement. Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited are not guarantors or co-borrowers under the Credit Agreement. The senior secured credit facilities are secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of Harland Clarke Holdings, each of the co-borrowers' and the guarantors' tangible and intangible assets and equity interests (other than voting stock in excess of 65.0% of the outstanding voting stock of each direct foreign subsidiary and certain other excluded property).

The Credit Agreement contains customary affirmative and negative covenants including, among other things, restrictions on indebtedness, liens, mergers and consolidations, sales of assets, loans, acquisitions, restricted payments, transactions with affiliates, dividends and other payment restrictions affecting subsidiaries and sale-leaseback transactions. The Co-Borrowers have the right to prepay the term loans at any time without premium or penalty, subject to certain breakage costs. The term loans are required to be prepaid with 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement, with certain reductions set forth in the Credit Agreement, based on achievement and maintenance of leverage ratios) and 100% of the net proceeds of certain issuances, offerings or placements of debt obligations of the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries (other than permitted debt). Each such prepayment will be applied first to the next eight unpaid quarterly amortization installments on the term loans and second to the remaining amortization installments on the term loans on a pro rata basis. No excess cash flow payment was required in 2013 with respect to 2012. In March 2012, an excess cash flow payment of $12.5 was paid by Harland Financial Solutions with respect to 2011. Under the terms of the Credit Agreement such excess cash flow payments were applied against other mandatory payments due in the same year of the excess cash flow payment.

The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. Such events of default include, but are not limited to: non-payment of amounts when due; violation of covenants; material inaccuracy of representations and warranties; cross default and cross acceleration with respect to other material debt; bankruptcy and other insolvency events; certain ERISA events; invalidity of guarantees or security documents; and material judgments. Some of these events of default allow for grace periods.

If a change of control of Harland Clarke Holdings (as defined in the Credit Agreement) occurs, Harland Clarke Holdings will be required to make an offer to prepay all outstanding term loans under the Credit Agreement at 101% of the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, and lenders holding a majority of the revolving credit commitments may elect to terminate the revolving credit commitments in full. Harland Clarke Holdings is also required to offer to prepay outstanding term loans at 100% of the principal amount to be prepaid, plus accrued and unpaid interest, with the proceeds of certain asset sales under certain circumstances.

9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018

On July 24, 2012, Harland Clarke Holdings and Harland Clarke Corp., Harland Financial Solutions, Scantron Corporation and Checks in the Mail, Inc. (together, the "Co-Issuers") issued $235.0 ($72.0 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) aggregate principal amount of 9.75% Senior Secured Notes due 2018 (the "2018 Senior Secured Notes"). The net proceeds from the issue, together with cash on hand, were used to repay $280.2 aggregate principal amount of outstanding Extended Term Loans under the Credit Agreement.

F-11

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated as of July 24, 2012 (the "2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture"), among Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers, certain of Harland Clarke Holdings other domestic subsidiaries, that guarantee the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Guarantors") and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent (the "Trustee"). Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited are not Guarantors or Co-Issuers under the 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture. The Guarantors have guaranteed (the "Guarantees") Harland Clarke Holdings' and Co-Issuers' obligations under the 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture on a senior secured basis. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees are secured pursuant to a Security Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, by and among Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers, the Guarantors and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral trustee (the "Collateral Trustee") and a Collateral Trust Agreement, dated as of July 24, 2012, by and among Harland Clarke Holdings, certain subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings named therein, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands branch, as credit agreement collateral agent, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee and as collateral trustee.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes mature on August 1, 2018. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes bear interest at a rate of 9.75% per annum, payable on each February 1 and August 1 to holders of record at the close of business on the immediately preceding January 15 and July 15 of each year.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of Harland Clarke Holdings and the Co-Issuers, including Harland Financial Solutions and the Guarantees are senior secured obligations of the Guarantors. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees rank as follows: (i) secured on a first-priority basis, equally and ratably with all obligations of Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers, including the Company, and the Guarantors that are secured by pari passu liens on the collateral, including their existing senior secured credit facilities; (ii) effectively junior to all of the Harland Clarke Holdings', Co-Issuers' and the Guarantors' obligations under any future asset-based revolving credit facility to the extent of the value of the current asset collateral held by the Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors; (iii) structurally subordinated to any existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any existing and future subsidiaries of Harland Clarke Holdings that are not Guarantors; (iv) pari passu in right of payment with all of the existing and future senior indebtedness of the Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors and effectively senior to the extent of the value of the collateral to any future unsecured indebtedness of Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors that is secured by liens on the collateral that are junior to the liens securing the Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees or that is unsecured; and (v) senior in right of payment to any existing and future subordinated indebtedness of Harland Clarke Holdings, the Co-Issuers and the Guarantors.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes and the Guarantees are secured on a first-priority basis, equally and ratably with the indebtedness under the Credit Agreement, by substantially all of Harland Clarke Holdings', the Co-Issuers' and the Guarantors' assets, subject to certain exceptions and permitted liens.

Beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, if Harland Clarke Holdings' secured leverage ratio exceeds 3.25 for 2013 and 3.00 for 2014 and after, Harland Clarke Holdings will be required to offer to purchase an amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes equal to the greater of (1) $15.0 and (2) 50% of its excess cash flow for the applicable period, less any voluntary prepayments of 2018 Senior Secured Notes or credit facility indebtedness and certain mandatory prepayments made during the applicable period and subject to certain other exceptions, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest. Upon the occurrence of a change of control of Harland Clarke Holdings or if Harland Clarke Holdings sells certain assets, Harland Clarke Holdings may be required to make an offer to purchase the 2018 Senior Secured Notes at certain specified prices.

The 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit Harland Clarke Holdings', the Co-Issuers', including Harland Financial Solutions, and the Guarantors' ability to (i) incur or guarantee additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (ii) grant liens on assets; (iii) pay dividends or make distributions to stockholders; (iv) repurchase or redeem capital stock or subordinated indebtedness; (v) make investments or acquisitions; (vi) enter into sale/leaseback transactions; (vii) incur restrictions on the ability of Harland Clarke Holdings' subsidiaries to pay dividends or to make other payments to Harland Clarke Holdings; (viii) enter into transactions with Harland Clarke Holdings' affiliates; (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies or transfer all or substantially all assets; and (x) transfer or sell assets. These covenants are subject to important exceptions and qualifications. The 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture contains affirmative covenants and events of default that are customary for indentures governing high-yield debt securities.

F-12

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

Senior Notes due 2015

On May 1, 2007, Harland Clarke Holdings issued $305.0 aggregate principal amount of Senior Floating Rate Notes due 2015 (the "Floating Rate Notes") and $310.0 aggregate principal amount of 9.50% Senior Fixed Rate Notes due 2015 (the "Fixed Rate Notes" and, together with the Floating Rate Notes, the "2015 Senior Notes"). The 2015 Senior Notes mature on May 15, 2015. The Fixed Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum of 9.50%, payable on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The Floating Rate Notes bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable LIBOR Rate (as defined in the indenture governing the 2015 Senior Notes (the "2015 Senior Notes Indenture")), subject to a floor of 1.25%, plus 4.75%, payable on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year. The Senior Notes are unsecured and are therefore effectively subordinated to all of Harland Clarke Holdings' senior secured indebtedness, including outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement and the 2018 Senior Secured Notes. Harland Clarke Holdings and each of its existing subsidiaries, including Harland Financial Solutions, other than unrestricted subsidiaries (of which there are none as of March 31, 2013) and certain immaterial subsidiaries and certain other exceptions, are guarantors and in some instances may also be co-issuers under the 2015 Senior Notes. Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and Harland Israel, Limited are not guarantors or co-issuers under the 2015 Senior Notes. None of the 2015 Senior Notes were recorded by Harland Financial Solutions.

The 2015 Senior Notes Indenture contains customary restrictive covenants, including, among other things, restrictions on Harland Clarke Holdings' ability to incur additional debt, pay dividends and make distributions, make certain investments, repurchase stock, incur liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, enter into sale and lease back transactions, merge or consolidate and transfer or sell assets. Harland Clarke Holdings must offer to repurchase all of the 2015 Senior Notes upon the occurrence of a "change of control," as defined in the 2015 Senior Notes Indenture, at a purchase price equal to 101% of their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest. Harland Clarke Holdings must also offer to repurchase the 2015 Senior Notes with the proceeds from certain sales of assets, if it does not apply those proceeds within a specified time period after the sale, at a purchase price equal to 100% of their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

8. Derivative Financial Instruments

Interest Rate Hedges

The Company used a hedge transaction, which was accounted for as a cash flow hedge, to limit the Company's risk on a portion of its variable-rate debt.

During September 2009, Harland Clarke Holdings entered into an interest rate derivative transaction in the form of a three-year interest rate swap with a notional amount of $250.0, which became effective on September 30, 2009 and expired on September 30, 2012. This hedge swapped the underlying variable rate for a fixed rate of 2.140%. Since the swap applied to debt recorded by the Company, the hedge was recorded by the Company.

Fair value of interest rate swaps is based on forward-looking interest rate curves as provided by the counterparty, adjusted for the Company's credit risk. There was no interest rate swap outstanding at March 31, 2013.

The derivative instrument was ineffective during the three months ended March 31, 2012. The following presents the effect of the derivative instrument (ineffective portion) on other comprehensive (loss) income and amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income into interest expense.

	Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
Interest Rate Swap:
Loss reclassified from other comprehensive income into interest expense (effective portion)	$		0.1
Loss recognized in interest expense (ineffective portion)		0.3

The following presents the balance and net change in the accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income related to the derivative instrument, net of income taxes.

F-13

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

Balances and Net Changes:	Three Months Ended March 31, 2012
Balance at beginning of period	$	0.1
Loss reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income into interest expense, net of taxes of $0.0	(0.1		)
Balance at end of period	$	—

9. Fair Value Measurements

Recurring Fair Value Measurements

The following table presents the Company's liability for contingent consideration related to business combinations measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3):

	Three Months Ended
	March 31, 2012
Balance at beginning of period	$	0.6
Businesses acquired	—
Net changes in fair value	(0.5		)
Payment of contingent consideration	—
Balance at end of period	$	0.1

Fair value of the liability for contingent consideration related to business combinations is estimated utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis. The analysis considers, among other things, estimates of future revenues and the timing of expected future contingent consideration payments. There was no liability for contingent consideration related to business combinations in the three months ended March 31, 2013.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Most of the Company's clients are in the financial services industry. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients and maintains allowances for potential credit losses. The Company does not generally require collateral. Actual losses and allowances have been within management's expectations.

The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value. The estimated fair value of long-term debt is determined by Level 2 inputs and is based primarily on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues as of the measurement date. The estimated fair value of long-term debt at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was approximately $479.6 and $465.0, respectively. The carrying value of long-term debt at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 was $437.5 and $444.0 respectively.

10. Investments

Equity Method Investment

During fourth quarter of 2012, Harland Clarke Holdings purchased certain equity securities of Transactis, Inc. ("Transactis"), a privately held company, representing a 15.5% ownership interest for $7.0 in cash. Harland Clarke Holdings assigned the equity securities to the Harland Financial Solutions on December 31, 2012. The Company accounts for this investment using the equity method due to Harland Clarke Holdings ability to influence operating and financial matters of Transactis through Harland Clarke Holdings representation on the Transactis board of directors and certain rights under the terms of the stock purchase agreement. The assets, liabilities and results of operations are not significant to the Company's financial position or results of operations.

11. Commitments and Contingencies

Various legal proceedings, claims and investigations are pending against the Company, including those relating to commercial transactions, intellectual property matters and other matters. Certain of these matters are covered by insurance, subject to deductibles and maximum limits. In the opinion of management based upon the information available at this time, the outcome of the matters referred to above will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's combined financial position

F-14

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

or results of operations.

12. Restructuring

During 2009, the Company initiated a multi-year plan to reorganize certain operations and sales and support functions. The plan, which was completed in 2011, focused on moving from a product-centric organization to a functional organization in order to enhance customer support. During 2012, the Company adopted a plan to realize additional cost savings by eliminating certain selling, general and administrative expenses.

The following table details the Company's restructuring accruals for the three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012:

	Beginning Balance		Expensed			Paid in Cash			Non-Cash Utilization		Ending Balance
Three months ended March 31, 2013:
Severance and severance-related	$	0.1	$	0.1		$	—		$	—	$	0.2
Facilities and other costs	1.3		(0.1		)	(0.2		)	0.1		1.1
Total	$	1.4	$	—		$	(0.2	)	$	0.1	$	1.3
Three months ended March 31, 2012:
Severance and severance-related	$	—	$	0.1		$	(0.1	)	$	—	$	—
Facilities and other costs	1.5		(0.1		)	(0.1		)	—		1.3
Total	$	1.5	$	—		$	(0.2	)	$	—	$	1.3

13. Transactions with Related Parties

Receivable from Parent

The Company's Parent has a practice to sweep cash accounts of the Company's domestic operations on a daily basis and maintain cash for the Company's operations. The Parent funds the Company's payroll, accounts payable, taxes and other cash requirements.

The receivable from Parent is unsecured, non-interest bearing and has no specified terms of repayment.

Allocation of Parent Company Costs

Harland Clarke Holdings has certain functions and processes that are performed as a shared service for certain of its operating subsidiaries, including the Company. Costs associated with these shared services have been allocated to the Company based on revenues or FTE's (full time employees) depending on the nature of the shared service. Allocated costs include certain treasury; payroll, compensation and benefits; financial systems; corporate tax and audit costs. The total costs for such shared services allocated to the Company were $0.5 and $0.4 for three months ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Allocated costs from Parent are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying combined statements of operations.

Other

Harland Financial Solutions had a net receivable of $0.3 at March 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012 related to a tax sharing agreement with the affiliated group of MacAndrews and subsidiaries.

14. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through July 3, 2013, the date which the financial statements were available to be issued.

New Facility Joinder Agreement to Credit Agreement

On April 26, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings entered into a New Facility Joinder Agreement to the Credit Agreement under which Harland Clarke Holdings borrowed $750.0 ($228.0 of which was recorded by Harland Financial Solutions) (the "Tranche B-3 Term Loans"). Proceeds of the Tranche B-3 Term Loans were used to repay, in full, together with all interest and fees accrued in respect of, the Non-Extended Term Loans plus other fees and expenses in connection with such refinancing.

F-15

Harland Financial Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries,

Harland Financial Solutions Worldwide Limited and

Harland Israel, Limited

Notes to Combined Financial Statements

(dollars in millions)

(unaudited)

The Tranche B-3 Term Loans will mature on May 22, 2018 subject (if the Revolving Facility is terminated and repaid in full) to a springing maturity 90 days prior to the maturity of the 2015 Senior Notes if they have not otherwise been repaid, extended or refinanced. Harland Clarke Holdings is required to repay the Tranche B-3 Term Loans in equal quarterly installments in aggregate annual amounts equal to 2.50% of the original amount. In addition, aggregate amortization in respect of all of the Tranche B-3 Term Loans and all other debt sharing liens with such loans (with certain exceptions) must be at least $75.0 per year (subject to certain reductions). Harland Clarke Holdings is currently evaluating the impact of the New Facility Joinder Agreement on its consolidated financial position and results of operations.

The Tranche B-3 Term Loans bear, at Harland Clarke Holdings option, interest at:

• A rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the prime rate of Credit Suisse and (b) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, in each case plus an applicable margin of 4.50% per annum, provided that the rate before the applicable margin shall not be less than 2.50% per annum; or

• A rate per annum equal to a reserve adjusted LIBOR rate, plus an applicable margin of 5.50% per annum, provided that the reserve adjusted LIBOR rate shall not be less that 1.50% per annum.

All other terms are substantially the same as the Credit Agreement.

Issuance of Additional 2018 Senior Secured Notes

On May 20, 2013, the Issuer and Co-Issuers completed an offering of $50.0 aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Additional Notes") pursuant to the 2018 Senior Secured Notes Indenture and supplemented on February 20, 2013 (as so supplemented, the "Indenture") under which the Issuer and the Co-Issuers previously issued $235.0 aggregate principal amount of the 2018 Senior Secured Notes (the "Original Notes", and together with the Additional Notes, the "Notes"). The Additional Notes were sold at a price of 109.00% plus accrued interest from February 1, 2013. None of the Additional Notes were recorded by Harland Financial Solutions. The Additional Notes will trade as a single series with the Original Notes and will be treated substantially the same as the Original Notes under the Indenture. On June 19, 2013, Harland Clarke Holdings used $50.0 of proceeds from the Additional Notes to repay and retire $50.0 of the Fixed Rate Notes.

F-16

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

July 23, 2013

HARLAND CLARKE HOLDINGS ANNOUNCES DEFINITIVE AGREEMENT TO SELL HARLAND FINANCIAL SOLUTIONS TO DAVIS + HENDERSON CORPORATION

SAN ANTONIO, TX - (July 23, 2013) - Harland Clarke Holdings Corp., a wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc., today announced that it has entered into a definitive agreement to sell its subsidiary, Harland Financial Solutions, to Davis + Henderson Corporation for $1.2 Billion in cash. Harland Financial Solutions accounted for approximately 15% of Harland Clarke Holdings business in 2012.

Harland Clarke Holdings will continue to be a leading provider of best-in-class integrated payment solutions, security and transactional printing, marketing services, security and identity protection solutions, retail products, business process outsourcing, as well as data management and assessment. Harland Clarke, the company's largest business segment, services approximately 12,500 financial and commercial institutions through multiple channels. Its clients range in size from major corporate brands and trade groups to micro-businesses and individual consumers, and participate in industries such as financial services, healthcare, insurance, telecommunications, and retail. The company's comprehensive suite of integrated marketing solutions includes business intelligence and analytics, management, strategic services, and award-winning creative development. Harland Clarke's payment solutions include checks, cards and related products and services, as well as high-value transactional documents printing that includes statements, compliance documents and communications. Its retail division services big box retailers, large direct selling businesses, and membership-based and affinity organizations by providing a variety of products and services, including checks and related products, cash management and fulfillment services, private label materials, and small business marketing materials.

"This transaction is a validation of the world-class customer focus and technological innovation that are hallmarks of the businesses under Harland Clarke Holdings. Harland Clarke Holdings will continue to focus on aggressively building and further diversifying our portfolio of industry-leading businesses," said Chuck Dawson, chief executive officer of Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.

The sale is subject to customary closing conditions, including the expiration or termination of applicable waiting periods under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act, and is expected to close in the third quarter of 2013.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is acting as financial advisor and Paul, Weiss, Rifkind, Wharton & Garrison LLP is acting as legal counsel for Harland Clarke Holdings in the transaction.

1

About Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. provides valued products and services to industries that include financial services, education, government, commercial, healthcare, insurance, telecommunications, utilities, and big-box retail. Reinforcing its position as a leading provider of security printing, digital and print marketing services, high-value and highly-customized transactional printing, business intelligence, security solutions, and retail products, is a customer base that ranges from major corporate brands to individual consumers. Its skills in capturing, managing and delivering data measurement and assessment information, through both print and digital channels, supports decision making and improved outcomes for organizations worldwide. The company's business process outsourcing capabilities are recognized for meeting the needs of organizations in highly complex and regulated industries. Through customer care contact centers, back office operations, staffing services, and toll collection services, client organizations are supported in their interactions with millions of customers daily. Harland Clarke Holdings Corp. is a wholly owned subsidiary of MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc.

About MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc.

MacAndrews & Forbes is a private diversified holding company with interests in biotechnology, check printing and check related products and services, consumer products, defense, education, entertainment, financial services, gaming and other industries.

Forward‐Looking Statements

Statements in this press release that are not historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond Harland Clarke Holdings' control. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements. In particular, the sale transaction described is subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including the ability to obtain all required regulatory approvals, as well as risks relating to any unforeseen liabilities, losses or declines in economic performance. More detailed information about factors that may affect our performance may be found in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, which can be obtained at its website at http://www.sec.gov. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

Media Contacts:

Harland Clarke Holdings Corp.

Donna Hinkelman

Vice President, Corporate Communications

Email: donna.hinkelman@harlandclarke.com

Ofc: 210.694.1034, Cell: 210.683.5291

MacAndrews & Forbes Holdings Inc.

Christine M. Taylor

Sr. VP Corporate Communications

Email: ctaylor@mafgrp.com

Tel: 212.572.5988

2